NOTE TO USERS - brown.edu · PDF fileCRUNCH group has produced many excellent researchers,...
Transcript of NOTE TO USERS - brown.edu · PDF fileCRUNCH group has produced many excellent researchers,...
NOTE TO USERS
This reproduction is the best copy available.
®
UMI
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
High Reynolds Number Simulation and Drag Reduction Techniques
A Thesis Presented by
J in X u
toDivision of Applied Mathematics
in partial fulfillment of requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in the field of
Applied Mathematics
Brown University Providence, Rhode Island
March 2005
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
UMI Number: 3174698
INFORMATION TO USERS
The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the quality of the copy
submitted. Broken or indistinct print, colored or poor quality illustrations and
photographs, print bleed-through, substandard margins, and improper
alignment can adversely affect reproduction.
In the unlikely event that the author did not send a complete manuscript
and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if unauthorized
copyright material had to be removed, a note will indicate the deletion.
®
UMIUMI Microform 3174698
Copyright 2005 by ProQuest Information and Learning Company.
All rights reserved. This microform edition is protected against
unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States Code.
ProQuest Information and Learning Company 300 North Zeeb Road
P.O. Box 1346 Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
© Copyright 2005 by J in X u
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
This dissertation by Jin Xu is accepted in its present form by the Division of Applied Mathematics as satisfying the dissertation requirement
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
Date
Date
Date
Date
G.E. Karniadakis, Director
Recommended to the Graduate Council
4-3n-o5 I( P C u
(CoT)iM.R. Maxey(Co-Director), Reader
G. Tryggvason, Reader
Approved by the Graduate Council
Karen Newman Dean of the Graduate School.
111
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Abstract
Turbulence remains one of the most challenging problems in Physics. The com
plexity of solving turbulence in theory is beyond people’s ability now. The develop
ment of the supercomputer has made it possible to explore the dynamics of turbulent
flows not just through experiments and theoretical analysis as in the past, but also
through Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS).
Since Kim, Moin and Moser published their paper on DNS of turbulent flow
in a channel in 1987 [68], DNS has become an important tool for investigating the
dynamics of wall-bounded, turbulent shear flows. The advantages of using DNS for
turbulence research are: (1) no turbulence closure models are required, as for example
as used in Reynolds Average Equations, and the full Navier-Stokes equations can
be solved without approximation; (2) much more detailed and accurate information
about the flow quantities, which are quite difficult and expensive to measure through
experiment, can be obtained. At the early age of this research, experimental data
was used to check DNS results. Now in some cases this situation has been reversed,
i.e. DNS data has been used to verify the accuracy of experimental results at low
Reynolds number. Since the number of grid points needed to resolve the flow in
DNS is proportional to Re9/4, this approach is presently limited to low Reynolds
number. As supercomputers become faster, simulations at higher Reynolds number
will be feasible. This has great impact in fundamental developments of turbulence
modelling, including industrial complexity application.
iv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The first part of this thesis is an attempt to perform high Reynolds number
DNS and large Eddy Simulation (LES). In order to conduct DNS at high Reynolds
number, we have implemented and benchmarked several different parallel models.
Domain decomposition has been done in either stream-wise only or in both stream-
wise and span-wise directions, based on MPI or OpenMP to parallelize the code. In
order to overcome in part the limitations of Reynolds number on DNS, LES has been
implemented whereby the large scale dynamics of flow are accurately simulated, but
the small scale features are parameterized by an approximate model. LES requires
fewer grid points and less computer time for a simulation. We have conducted rela
tively high Reynolds number DNS, and LES at Re* = 600,1000 using the Spectral
Vanishing Viscosity (SVV) method. SVV has been combined with standard and
dynamic Smagorinsky models. In order to improve the numerical stability, SVV has
been implemented implicitly. The LES results have been compared with DNS, and
show that SVV has potential to be a good approach for LES. We also investigated
the effects of applying SVV to a 2d spectral element discretization, which is more
difficult than before. We added SVV terms in all three directions, and the viscosity
has been added only to high Fourier and soectral polynomial modes. Comparison
of channel turbulence simulation has been performed, and good results have been
achieved. Besides the channel flow, we also investigated DNS and LES for flow past
a cylinder. DNS at Re=3900 has been done. LES at Re=10,000 have also been
conducted.
In the second half of thesis, we have investigated several turbulent drag reduction
techniques using DNS. Turbulence drag reduction by adding micro-bubbles into a
turbulent boundary layer has been well established in experiments. However, it has
been difficult until now to capture such effects in numerical simulations due to a
lack of an accurate interaction model between turbulence and micro-bubbles. In
this thesis, a series of DNS of small bubbles seeded in turbulent channel flow at
average volume fractions of up to 13% have been carried out. The results show that
about 10% drag reduction is reached. This is consistent with low speed and low
v
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
void fraction experiments, but significantly less than 70% to 80% reductions in skin
friction reported in some experiments. A nondeformable, spherical bubble shape has
been assumed, and the Force Coupling Method (FCM) has been used to simulate
bubbles in turbulent flow. It is found that the bubble size should be small enough to
produce a sustained level of drag reduction over time. Drag reduction effects have
been investigated in detail at different Reynolds numbers.
Inspired by the mechanisms of micro-bubble drag reduction, we have investigated
the effect of a constant streamwise force distribution acting against the flow direc
tion. This produces drag reduction as much as 30% at low Reynolds number and
70% at high Reynolds number. In order to realize such effects, the length scale of the
forcing should be small enough and should be localized near the wall. In addition,
the excessive shear stresses observed during the laminar to turbulence transition can
be substantially reduced. These results provide insights into the dynamics of turbu
lence and drag reduction, and have potential for applications requiring turbulence
suppression.
Finally, motivated by the apparantly lower levels of drag reduction found in the
numerical simulation as compared to many experiments, we consider the possibility
of other physical process not captured so far. One such process is a partial slip flow
condition at the wall. A slip boundary condition can arise from effects of hydrophobic
surfaces or the formation of a thin gas film on the wall. The simulation results
show that a large level of drag reduction can be achieved by applying slip boundary
condition. The effect of combining slip boundary conditions with micro-bubbles has
also been investigated, and a detailed analysis has been carried out.
vi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Acknowledgments
In the past five years, many people have provided invaluable advices and sub
stantial supports, without these my thesis is not be possible to finish. Many things
happened during these 5 years, and many people showed their performances. Some
are really excellent, which benefit me for long time. Some made me more clear of
this society and people.
Among all these people, firstly I would like to express my gratitude to Professor
George Em Karniadakis, my Ph.D advisor in Applied Mathematics. Throughout my
five years at Brown, his advices and suggestions benefit me in many fields. Several
research directions he suggested have been proved later to be correct. His energitic
way of doing research and broad view of knowledge in computational mathematics
impressed me a lot. I have learned a lot of things during these years. I would also
like to acknowledge his great support in providing supercomputer resources which
made it possible to have lots of good results in last 5 years. I am looking forward to
continue our professional relationship, and continue to collaborate with him.
Secondly, I would like to thank my co-advisor, Prof. Martin R. Maxey. Half of
my thesis work has been directed in detail by him. His regorous and attentive way
of research is respectable and that made my research work much easier. Without his
base work on bubbles, I can not publish my first important paper in JFM. Definitely
I would like to keep close connection with him, and collaborate more on fluids and
bubbles researches later.
vii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Among the faculties in Applied Mathematics, I would specially like to thank
professors in scientific computing group. They are all famous and respected. Prof.
Chi-Wang Shu, Prof. David Gottlieb, and Prof. Jan Hesthaven, either their classes
or qualification exam made me progress forward.
CRUNCH group has produced many excellent researchers, like Dr. Ron D. Hen
derson, Dr. Spencer Sherwin, Dr. Tim Warburton, Dr. Mike Kirby, et al, and that
attract me to Brown. I am very glad to have opportunities to work and discuss with
these former students. And I hope to have a chance of collaborating with them in
the future.
I would also like to thank Dr. Steve Dong and Ma Xia, especially Steve, for their
collaboation and helps in my research works. Nearly half of my thesis works have
been cooperated with Steve , his diligent and concentration impressed me a lot. The
cooperation between us is long and helpful. And I wish to have opportunities to
continue later.
I came to CRUNCH group at the same time with Vasileios, and we went through
all these 5 years. The cooperation and experience in research and class are cheerful.
I would also like to acknowledge some of the younger member in the group, Guang
Lin, Xiaoliang Wan, Leopold Grinberg and Jasmine Foo. They are fresh flood in
this group, and axe all clever guys.
I would like also to give many thanks to the system administrators: Dave John
son, Jie Zhang, George Loriot, Sam Fulcomer, Melih Bitim. I have caused so many
troubles either local or outside during these 5 years, which have been recovered by
their great works. Without their support, I can not complete my work successfully.
Same thankfulness should also give to the secretaries in Applied Math., Made
line Brewster, Janice D’Amico, Jean Radican, Laura Leddy, Roselyn Winterbottom.
They gave me much help in daily life , and their work created a nice working envi-
viii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ronment in Applied Math.
At last, I would like to thank my wife (Iris) Bing Jing, her support is extremly
important to me during these five years. Without her, I can not imagine what will
be now. This thesis is also a comfort for her great support and effort. I will and am
confident to have more success to share with her in the future.
The computation work have been done in Pittsburgh Supercomputer center
(PSC), Arctic Supercomputer Center (ARSC), The Naval Oceanographic Office Ma
jor Shared Resource Center (NAVOCEANO MSRC), National Center for Supercom
puting Applications (NCSA), and National Partnership for Advanced Computational
Infrastructure (NPACI).
This work was supported by following grant:
DARPA: SO 4-15
AFOSR: F49620-03-4-0218
AFOSR: F49620-01-1-0035
DOE: DE-FG02-95ER25239
DARPA/ONR: N00014-01-1-0177
DARPA: MDA972-01-C-0024
ix
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Contents
1 Introduction 1
1.1 Turbulent Flow S im u la tio n .................................................................. 2
1.1.1 Reynolds-Averaged Equations (RANS)........................................ 2
1.1.2 Large Eddy Simulation (L ES)..................................................... 2
1.1.3 Direct numerical Simulation (DNS)............................................ 3
1.2 Turbulent Drag Reduction Techniques................................................ 3
1.2.1 Micro bubble Drag Reduction..................................................... 4
1.2.2 Constant forcing con tro l.............................................................. 6
1.2.3 Slip boundary condition.............................................................. 6
1.3 Motivation .............................................................................................. 6
1.4 Objectives................................................................................................. 7
1.4.1 DNS and LES................................................................................. 8
x
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1.4.2 Drag reduction techniques........................................................... 8
1.5 Outline of T h es is ...................................................................................... 9
2 Spectral Element M ethod for Channel Flow 10
2.1 Numerical Method and Parallel Models .............................................. 10
2.1.1 Numerical M eth o d ....................................................................... 10
2.1.2 Direct and Iterative Solver ................................................... . 13
2.1.3 Parallel Im plem entation.............................................................. 14
2.2 Validation/Verification.............................................. 18
2.2.1 Kovasznay Flow .......................................................................... 19
2.2.2 3D Accurate solution.................................................................... 19
2.2.3 Turbulence Statistics.................................................................... 20
2.3 Parallel Benchm arks................................................................................ 21
2.3.1 Comparison on different models................................................... 21
2.3.2 Comparison on different p la tfo rm s............................................ 23
2.3.3 Comparison of Model B in x and z direction............................. 23
2.3.4 Comparison of Model C in (x,z) p la n e ...................................... 25
2.3.5 Comparison of Model B for Re* = 400 ...................................... 25
xi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.4 High Reynolds DNS r e s u l t s ................................................................... 27
2.4.1 Re* = 400 ..................................................................................... 28
2.4.2 Re* = 600 ..................................................................................... 30
2.4.3 Re* = 1000 .................................................................................. 33
2.5 S u m m ary ................................................................................................. 33
3 High Reynolds number Large Eddy Simulation 39
3.1 Background.............................................................................................. 39
3.2 LES methods and im plem entation....................................................... 42
3.2.1 Basic Assumption and C o n c e p ts .............................................. 42
3.2.2 Filtering Techniques and Implementations.............................. 43
3.2.3 Filtered Navier-Stokes E quations.............................................. 45
3.2.4 Energy Balance E q u a tio n .......................................................... 47
3.3 Subfilter Scale M o d e ls ............................................................................ 49
3.3.1 Smagorinsky Eddy-Viscocity Model ........................................ 49
3.3.2 Spectral Vanishing Viscosity .................................................... 51
3.3.3 Implicit Spectral Vanishing Viscosity Implementation . . . . 53
3.3.4 Filtering in Orthogonal B a s is .................................................... 54
xii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.3.5 Dynamic LES M odel.................................................................... 56
3.4 LES R esults............................................................................................... 57
3.4.1 Comparison to standard Smagorinsky M o d e l .......................... 57
3.4.2 LES results at low Reynolds num b er......................................... 62
3.4.3 LES Results at high Reynolds n u m b er..................................... 70
3.5 S u m m ary ................................................................................................... 78
4 Large Eddy Simulation in Complex Geometry 80
4.1 Background............................................................................................... 80
4.2 LES methods and im plem entation........................................................ 81
4.2.1 Standard SVV m ethod................................................................ 81
4.2.2 Smagorinsky Model ................................................................... 82
4.3 Channel F lo w ............................................................................................ 84
4.4 Cylinder F low ............................................................................................ 88
4.4.1 Verification of DNS at Re=3900 ............................................... 88
4.4.2 DNS and LES at Re=10,000 ..................................................... 90
4.5 S u m m ary ................................................................................................... 102
5 Simulation M ethods for Bubbles/Particles in Channel Flow 103
xiii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5.1 Background Review ................................................................................ 103
5.2 Simulation M ethod ................................................................................... 105
5.3 Validation and Verification .................................................................... 107
5.3.1 Validation...................................................................................... 107
5.3.2 Verification................................................................................... 116
5.4 Flow Analysis............................................................................................ 118
5.5 Collision M odel......................................................................................... 120
5.6 Parallel Implementation and B enchm arks........................................... 122
5.6.1 Parallel Im plem entation.............................................................. 122
5.6.2 Benchmarks................................................................................... 123
5.7 S u m m ary .................................................................................................. 124
6 Microbubble Drag Reduction 126
6.1 Low Reynolds Number Flow .................................................................... 129
6.1.1 Fluid characteristics.................................................................... 130
6.1.2 Bubble characteristics................................................................. 139
6.1.3 Bubbles versus P artic les .............................................................. 143
6.1.4 V isualization................................................................................ 145
xiv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.2 High Reynolds Number F lo w ................................................................. 148
6.2.1 Fluid characteristics.................................................................... 148
6.2.2 Bubble characteristics................................................................. 153
6.2.3 Dispersion....................................................................................... 159
6.2.4 V isualization................................................................................. 164
6.3 S u m m ary ................................................................................................... 164
7 Drag Reduction by Constant Forcing 168
7.1 Near-wall forcing and simulation m ethod............................................... 171
7.2 Results on drag red u c tio n ....................................................................... 173
7.3 Turbulence m odification.......................................................................... 181
7.3.1 Mean velocity profile.................................................................... 181
7.3.2 Reynolds stresses........................................................................... 183
7.3.3 Vorticity fluctuations.................................................................... 186
7.3.4 Influence of force am plitude........................................................ 190
7.4 Flow V isualization................................................................................... 194
7.5 Summary and D iscussion ....................................................................... 202
8 Slip Flow DNS 207
xv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
8.1 Background.............................................................................................. 207
8.2 Slip boundary cond ition ......................................................................... 208
8.2.1 Verification................................................................................... 209
8.3 Drag Reduction Under Different Slip Length b (Constant Slip Length) 210
8.4 Combined Slip with Bubbles................................................................... 216
8.5 V isualization ........................................................................................... 219
8.6 S u m m ary ................................................................................................. 225
9 Summary and Conclusion 226
xvi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
List of Tables
2.1 KMM’s and MKM’s DNS runs................................................................. 27
2.2 Current DNS runs...................................................................................... 28
2.3 DNS runs at Re* = 1000............................................................................ 33
3.1 Simulation parameters for DNS................................................................ 58
3.2 LES runs at different Reynolds number.................................................. 62
4.1 Simulation parameters for flow pass cylinder at Re=10,000.................. 94
5.1 Experimental values for a single particle rising in an inclined channel. 109
5.2 Computational parameters for the single particle rising in an inclined
channel. The characteristic length L = — 10mm and the charac
teristic velocity U — lOmm/s 110
6.1 Simulation parameters and drag reduction............................................. 129
xvii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.2 Balance check at Re* = 380 for t=20, Term I for the no bubble case
is 14.55e-4..................................................................................................
6.3 Dispersion data at Re* = 380 ................................................................
7.1 Simulation parameters: Reynolds numbers; domain size; numerical
resolution including the number of elements and the spectral order;
and mean pressure gradient, scaled by pU^/h, of the base flow. . . .
7.2 Percentage change in long term drag at Re* = 135 for various A and
I. Results to within ±2%.........................................................................
7.3 Long term, percentage reduction in turbulent drag from simulations
at Re* = 135,192,380,633, for various values of I and A. Results for
drag to within ±2 points...........................................................................
xviii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
List of Figures
2.1 Sketch for channel dom ain....................................................................... 11
2.2 Spectral accuracy of iterative solver, N is the grid p o in ts .................... 14
2.3 Sketch for Model A parallelization ........................................................ 15
2.4 Sketch for Model B parallelization ........................................................ 16
2.5 Sketch of the first way for Fourier transform in Model BI ................ 17
2.6 Sketch of the second way for Fourier transform in Model BII . . . . 17
2.7 Sketch for Model C parallelization ........................................................ 18
2.8 Spectral convergence of solving 2d Kovasznay flow p ro b le m ............. 19
2.9 Spectral convergence solving 3d problem ............................................... 20
2.10 Re* = 180, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity (left);
Reynold Stress ( r ig h t ) ............................................................................ 21
2.11 Re* = 180, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
(left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation (right) ..................................... 22
xix
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.12 Model C: Speed comparison of different models on S G I.................... 22
2.13 Speed on different platforms: Model A (left), Model B (right) . . . . 23
2.14 Model B: Speed comparison for MPI in x and z directions: SGI(left),
SP4(right).................................................................................................. 24
2.15 Model B: Speed comparison in (x,z) plane: SGI(left), SP4(right) . . 24
2.16 Model C: Speed comparison in x(MPI) and z(OpenMP) directions . 25
2.17 Model C: Speed comparison in x(MPI) and z(OpenMP) directions . 26
2.18 Model B: scaling on large number of processors, IBM SP4, ARSC . . 27
2.19 Re* = 380, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity normal
ized by (left); Reynold Stress normalized by u*2(right)................... 28
2.20 Re* = 400, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by u*(left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized by
u*2/ ^(rig h t)............................................................................................... 29
2.21 Streaks of Re* — 380 at y+ = 5.............................................................. 29
2.22 Vortices at Re* = 380............................................................................... 30
2.23 Re* — 600, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity normal
ized by it* (left); Reynold Stress normalized by it*2(right)................... 31
2.24 Re* = 633, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by u*(left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized by
u*2/^ ( r ig h t) ............................................................................................... 31
2.25 Streaks of Re* = 633 at y+ = 5.............................................................. 32
xx
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.26 Vortices at R e* = 633 32
2.27 Re* = 1000. Mean Velocity normalized by u*(upper), Solid: KMM;
Dash: SEM solver; Reynold Stress normalized by w*2(low )................. 34
2.28 Re* = 1000, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by u*(upper); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized
by u*2/v (\o v f) ............................................................................................ 35
2.29 Streaks of Re* = 1000 at y+ = 5............................................................. 36
2.30 Q contour at Re* = 1000......................................................................... 37
3.1 SVV in Fourier Space ............................................................................ 54
3.2 Gaussian Filter (left); exponentail Filter (r ig h t)................................... 57
3.3 Mean Velocity, 40 x 41 x 40. Smagorinsky SVV, Solid line: DNS on
128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES
using SVV, C8 = 0.005; dashdot line: standard Smagorinsky model,
Cs = 0.005 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, Solid line: DNS on
128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES
using SVV (C=0.125); dashdot line: standard Dynamic Smagorinsky
model (below)............................................................................................ 59
3.4 Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x
128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV,
Cs = 0.005; dashdot line: standard Cs = 0.005 (left), Dynamic
Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dash line:
coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV (C=0.125); dash
dot line: standard (0.125) ( r ig h t) .......................................................... 60
xxi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.5 Turbulence fluctuation. Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x
130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using
SVV, Cs = 0.005; dashdot line: standard Cs = 0.005 (upper), Dy
namic Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dash
line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV (C=0.125);
dashdot line: standard (0.125) (below )................................................. 61
3.6 RE* = 180. Mean Velocity. 40 x 65 x 40, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs =
0.005. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128 dashed line: LES using
SVV, Cutoff=0; dotted line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=l; dash-dot
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV,
C = 0.05. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, Cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot
dotted: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below )........................................... 63
3.7 RE* = 180. Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, Cs = 0.005),
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=0; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=2 (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, C =
0.05), solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS;
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 ( r ig h t) ................................................. 64
xxii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.8 RE* = 180. Turbulent fluctuation. 40 x 65 x 40, Smagorinsky SVV,
Cs = 0.005, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: LES
using SVV, cut off =0; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV,
C — 0.05, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot
dotted: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below )........................................... 65
3.9 RE* = 180. SVV viscosity (40 x 65 x 40, one element): Smagorinsky,
Cs = 0.005 (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky, C = 0.05 ( r ig h t) ............... 66
3.10 Mean Velocity. 40 x 65 x 40, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs =
0.01. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS;
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3; dash-dot dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV,
C — 0.075. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)..................................... 67
3.11 Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, two elements, Cs = 0.01),
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cut-
off=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3; dash-dot dotted:
LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40,
two elements, C = 0.075), solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed
line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (right) . . 68
xxiii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.12 Reynold Stress. 40 x 65 x 40, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs =
0.01, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS;
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed: LES using SVV, cutoff=3; dashdotdot
line: LES using SVV, cutofF=4 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV,
C=0.075, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS;
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)................................................ 69
3.13 SVV viscosity. Smagorinsky (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky (right) . . 70
3.14 Mean velocity. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Cs = 0.005. Smagorinsky
SVV, solid line: DNS on 384*361*384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dot
ted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (upper); Dy
namic Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.02, solid line: DNS on 384 x 361 x 384;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-
dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=4 (b e lo w )...................................................................................... 71
3.15 Reynold Stress. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV,
Cs = 0.005, solid line: DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES
using SVV, cutoffs2; dashdotdot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4
(upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV C = 0.02, solid line: DNS on
384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (below)................................................ 72
xxiv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.16 Turbulent fluctuation. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV,
Cs = 0.005, solid line: DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=2; dashdotdot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4(upper);
Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.02, solid line: DNS on 384 x
361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line:
LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (below).......................................................... 73
3.17 SVV Viscosity. Smagorinsky, Cs = 0.005 (left); Dynamic Smagorin
sky, C=0.02 (rig h t)................................................................................... 74
3.18 Mean velocity. 128 x 193 x 128, 2 elements, Cs = 0.012. Smagorin
sky SVV, solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse
DNS; dotted line: CutofF=0; dash-dot line: Cutofl=2; long dashed
line: Cutoff=4; dash-dot dotted line: Cutoff=6 (upper); Dynamic
Smagorinsky SVV, solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line:
coarse DNS; dotted line: Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: Cutoff=2; long
dashed line: Cutoff=4; DashDotDot line: Cutoff=6 (b e lo w ) 75
3.19 Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elements,Cs = 0.012),
solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cut
o ff^ ; long dashed line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=4; dashdotdot line:
LES using SVV, CutofL=6 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x
128,2 elements,C = 0.028), solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed
line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, CutofF=0; dash-dot
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV,
Cutoff=4 (below )...................................................................................... 76
xxv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.20 Turbulent fluctuation. Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elem ents,^ =
0.012), solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS;
dotted line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
Cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=4; dashdotdot
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=6 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky(128 x
193 x 128,2 elements,C = 0.028), solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=0;
dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using
SVV, Cutoff=4 (below) ......................................................................... 77
3.21 SVV Viscosity. Smagorinsky,Cs = 0.012(left); Dynamic Smagorinsky,
C=0.028 ( r ig h t) ................................................................................ 78
4.1 Mesh for Re* = 180 (x,y) p la n e ..................................................... 83
4.2 Viscosity profile at Re* = 180, Smagorinsky model, Cs = 0.005, Chan
nel code, Solid line: No filter; Dash line: Filtering all polynomial
coefficients of Smagorinsky viscosity larger than 4 to z e r o ................. 84
4.3 Viscosity profile at Re* = 180, LES Smagorinsky model, Cs = 0.005,
n e k ta r F ..................................................................................................... 85
4.4 Coarse DNS turbulent fluctuations at Re* = 180, Solid line: Channel
code; Dash line: NektarF code ............................................................. 86
4.5 Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 180 using SVV, e = 0.5, MN=0,
MNF=0. Solid:Channel code; Dash:nektarF c o d e ............................... 86
4.6 Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 180 using SVV, e = 1.0, MN=3,
MNF=3. Solid line: Channel code; Dash line: NektarF code 87
xxvi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
4.7 Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 180 using Smagorinsky model, Cs =
0.005, MN=0, MNF=0. Solid line: Channel code; Dash line:nektarF
c o d e ........................................................................................................... 87
4.8 Mesh for Re=3900 Full m e s h ................................................... 88
4.9 Mesh for Re=3900 Local mesh around cy lin d e r.................... 89
4.10 Drag and lift coefficients for Re=3900 ................................................. 89
4.11 Mean and flucuation velocity profile at x = l.06,1.54,2.02 and 3 for
Re=3900. Solid line:George Karamanos’s results; Dash line: our results 91
4.12 Mean and flucuation velocity profile at x=4,7 and 10 for Re=3900.
Solid line:George Karamanos’s results; Dash line: our results . . . . 92
4.13 Mesh for Re= 10,000 Full mesh obtained from Steve D o n g . 93
4.14 Mesh for R,e=10,000 Local mesh around cy lin d e r..... 93
4.15 Viscosity contour for Smagorinsky Model at Re=10,000 ................. 94
4.16 Experiment Reynolds Stress from A. Ekmekci[36].............................. 95
4.17 Case I. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history (lower) 96
4.18 Case VI. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history
(lower)........................................................................................................ 97
4.19 Case VII. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history
(lower)........................................................................................................ 98
4.20 Averaged streamwise velocity profile at x=2,5,10 for Re=10,000. . . 99
xxvii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
4.21 Fluctuation U velocity profile at x=2,5,10 for Re=10,000 100
4.22 Fluctuation V velocity profile at x=2,5,10 for Re=10,000.................... 101
5.1 Experimental Setup ................................................................................ 107
5.2 Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a)
and velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for
Re'pMX = 0.0145. (•) Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term,
(— —) S. Lomholt’s monopole only. The line (— • —) indicate the
direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The particle positions
are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup..................................................................................... I l l
5.3 Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a)
and velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for
Re™ax = 0.044. (•) Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term,
(— —) S. Lomholt’s monopole only. The line (— • —) indicate the
direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The particle positions
are given in mm and the velocities axe in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup..................................................................................... 113
5.4 Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a)
and velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for
Re™ax — 0.84. (•) Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term,
(— —) S. Lomholt’s monopole only. The line (— • —) indicate the
direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The particle positions
are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup..................................................................................... 114
xxviii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5.5 Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a)
and velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for
Re™ax = 7.9. (•) Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term,
(— —) S. Lomholt’s monopole only. The line (— • —) indicate the
direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The particle positions
are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup......................................................................... 115
5.6 Configuration(left), Bubble pressure(right)................................ 117
5.7 Bubble velocity: u(left), v ( r ig h t) ............................................... 117
5.8 Configuration(left), Bubble pressure(right)................................ 118
5.9 Bubble velocity: u(left), v ( r ig h t) .................................................. 119
5.10 Collision M odel................................................................................. 122
5.11 Bubble Parallelization.................................................................. 123
6.1 Normalized drag force against time t at Re* = 135 for: 1, no bubbles;
2, 242 bubbles and a+ = 20; 3, 800 bubbles and a+ = 13.5; 4, 2450
bubbles and a+ = 10...................................................................... 130
6.2 Normalized drag force against time t at Re* = 135 comparing random
to near-wall seeding of 800 bubbles of size o+ = 13.5: (solid), no
bubbles; (dots), random seeding; (dash), near-wall seeding...... 131
6.3 Balance history at Re* — 135, a+ = 13.5 (left); a+ = 20 (right).
1-Wall friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble acceleration; 4-Residue . 133
6.4 Balance history for a+ = 40.5 at Re* = 135................................... 133
xx ix
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.5 Mean and conditional mean velocity profiles for a+ — 13.5 averaged
over t = 50 — 80.......................................................................................... 134
6.6 Reynolds stress profile for a+ = 13.5 averaged over t = 50 — 80. Solid
line is turbulent flow without bubbles ................................................. 135
6.7 RMS profiles compared for a+ = 10,13.5. a+ = 13.5 has been aver
aged over t=50-80, and a+ = 10 has been averaged over t=50-65 . . 136
6.8 Reynolds stress profiles averaged over different intervals for case (Ilia):
(1) No bubbles; (2) t = 0-10; (3) = 10-20; (4) t = 20-30; (5) t = 30-40. 136
6.9 Reynolds stress profiles averaged over different intervals for case (V):
(1) No bubbles; (2) t = 0-10; (3) t = 10-20; (4) t = 20-30; (5) t =
30-40............................................................................................................. 137
6.10 RMS vorticity profiles averaged for t=50-80 for a+ = 13.5.................. 137
6.11 RMS vorticity profiles at t=59 for a+ = 10............................................ 138
6.12 Void fraction profiles for a+ = 13.5 (top) and a+ = 10 (bottom)
at:(solid), t = 20; (dash), t = 40; (dots), t = 60; (dash-dots), t = 80. . 138
6.13 Void fraction profiles for random seeding of 800 bubbles, a+ — 13.5:
left, t = 20,40,60,80; right, long term average compared to theory. . 139
6.14 Force profile for a+ = 10 at Re* = 135 averaged over t = 50 — 65.
Solid line is < / >, Dash line are from Eqn:(6.8) and (6 .9 )............... 141
6.15 Force profile for a+ = 13.5 at Re* = 135 averaged over t = 50 — 80.
Solid line is < / >, Dash line are from Eqn:(6.8) and (6 .9 )............... 141
6.16 Drag history of adding bubbles and particles......................................... 144
xxx
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.17 Force profile of adding partic les............................................................ 144
6.18 Comparation of Rms by adding particles or n o t ................................. 145
6.19 Re* = 135 at y+ = 5 ............................................................................... 146
6.20 Re* = 135 at y+ = 5, 800 bubbles o+ = 13.5....................................... 146
6.21 Q contour at Re* = 135. Threshold is 0 .1 6 1 8 .................................... 147
6.22 Q contour at Re* = 135 with 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles. Threshold is
0 .1 6 1 8 147
6.23 Drag history for each wall at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5
(left); 3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right). Solid line is the mean drag for
no bubble f l o w ......................................................................................... 149
6.24 Drag history at Re* = 380: 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles
a+ = 19 (right). Solid line is the mean drag for no bubble flow . . . 149
6.25 Balance at Re* = 380, 1-Wall friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble
acceleration; 4-Residue. 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5 (left); 3200 bubbles
a+ = 19 (right)........................................................................................... 150
6.26 Balance at Re* = 380, 1-Wall friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble
acceleration; 4-Residue. 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles
a+ = 19 (right)........................................................................................... 150
6.27 Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 380, averaged for t=15-20: 9100 bub
bles a+ = 13.5 (left); 3200 bubbles a+ = 19 ( r ig h t) ............................ 151
6.28 Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 380, averaged for t=15-20: 6348 bub
bles a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles a+ = 19 ( r ig h t) ............................... 151
xxxi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.29 Reynolds Stress at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5, averaged for
t=10-12 (left); 3200 bubbles a+ = 19, averaged for t=15-20 (right) . 152
6.30 Reynold Stress at Re* = 380, averaged for t=15-20: 6348 bubbles
a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles a+ = 19 (righ t)........................................ 152
6.31 Concentration profile at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5 (left);
3200 bubbles a+ = 19 ( r ig h t ) ................................................................ 153
6.32 Concentration profile at Re* = 380: 6400 bubbles o+ = 19 (left); 9600
bubbles a+ = 19 ( r ig h t ) ............................................................... 154
6.33 Force profile at t=20 for Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5 (left);
3200 bubbles a+ = 19 ( r ig h t ) ................................................................ 154
6.34 Force profile at t=20 for Re* = 380: 6400 bubbles a+ — 19 (left);
9600 bubbles a+ — 19 ( r ig h t ) ................................................................ 155
6.35 Variations of f ^ h UiX2 2 dx2 for 9600 (a+ = 19) bubbles at Re* = 380 157
6.36 Bubble Reynold stress at Re* = 380, 9600 bubbles a+ = 19: < Cv2 >
(left); < Cw2 > (righ t)............................................................................. 158
6.37 Bubble Reynold stress at Re* = 380, 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5: <
Cv2 > (left); < Cw 2 > (right)................................................................ 159
6.38 Dispersion for 9600 a+ = 19 bubbles at Re* = 380 ............................ 159
6.39 Re* = 380, 3200 a=0.05 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper
right); t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right) ...................... 161
6.40 Re* = 380, 6400 a=0.05 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper
right); t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right) ...................... 162
xxxii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.41 Re* = 380, 9100 a=0.0355 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper
right); t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right) ...................... 163
6.42 Re* = 380, 9600 a=0.05 bubbles............................................................. 164
6.43 Q contour at Re* = 380 for base flow (upper); for 9100 bubbles
a=0.0355 (middle); and 9600 bubbles a=0.05 bubbles (below), all at
t= 2 0 ........................................................................................................... 165
6.44 Re* = 400, 14400 a=0.05 bubbles.......................................................... 166
7.1 Profile of the gradient of the Reynolds shear stress, scaled by v%/u, against
distance from the wall y+. Results at Re* — 135,200,380,633 ................... 169
7.2 Profiles of the average streamwise force density for bubbles and particles in
a channel flow at Re* = 135,200.................................................................. 170
7.3 Idealization of the excitation force and notation; see equation (??)............. 173
7.4 Time history of the skin friction at Re* = 135, group AA, with I = 0.02,
for: (1) No forcing; (2) A+ = 13.5; (3) A+ = 18.9; (4) A+ = 35.1.................. 174
7.5 Time history of normalized skin friction for A+ = 18.9 and different ampli
tudes I at Re* = 135, group AA: (1) No forcing; (2) I = 0.01; (3) I — 0.02;
(4) I = 0.03................................................................................................... 175
7.6 Time history of the skin friction at Re* = 633 with I = 0.4 for A+ =
7.0,12.0,13.3................................................................................................. 177
7.7 Percentage of drag reduction as a function of the Reynolds number............ 180
xxxiii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
7.8 Mean velocity profiles, normalized with the friction velocity of the base flow:
(A) A+ = 13.5,1+ = 0.073 at Re* = 135; (B) case B3; (C) case C3; (D) case
D3. The solid line (S) represents the no-control case at Re* = 380............. 182
7.9 Profiles of normalized mean velocity gradient in wall variables for Re* = 135
and A+ = 13.5, I+ = 0.109; case B3; case C3; and case D3. Solid line is the
no-control result at Re* = 380...................................................................... 182
7.10 Profiles of rms velocity fluctuations at Re* = 380. Solid lines denote the
no-control results; dashed lines denote results for case C4............................ 184
7.11 Profiles of Reynolds shear stress at (a) Re* = 135, case AA; (b) Re* = 380,
case C4. Solid lines denote the no-control results......................................... 184
7.12 Profiles of Reynolds stress at Re* = 380 for cases C3, A+ = 8.7; C4, A+ =
13.7; all for 1=0.2.......................................................................................... 185
7.13 Profiles of Reynolds stress at Re* = 633 for cases D2, A+ = 10.8; D3,
A+ = 12.0; D4, A+ = 13.3; all for 1=0.4........................................................ 186
7.14 Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: uj[. Results for A+ =
12.9, case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control................................................ 187
7.15 Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: w'2. Results for A+ =
12.9, case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control................................................ 188
7.16 Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: uj'3. Results for A+ =
12.9, case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control................................................ 188
7.17 Turbulent charge at Re* = 380. Solid lines: no-control; dash lines:
I = 0.2, A = 0.034....................................................................................... 189
xxxiv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
7.18 Profiles of rms velocity fluctuations and Reynolds stress at Re* = 380 for
case CIA....................................................................................................... 191
7.19 Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380 for case C2.................... 192
7.20 Profiles of Reynolds stress gradient, vortex stretch and vortex transport for
case C3, case CIA and the base flow............................................................ 193
7.21 Contours of Q at Re* = 380, no control (upper) and case C4 (lower). . . . 195
7.22 Contours of Q at Re* = 380 for case C5...................................................... 195
7.23 Contours of streamwise velocity in the x\ — X3 plane at Re* = 380, no control
(left) and case C4 (right): (a) y+ = 5; (b) y+ = 10; (c) y+ = 30................... 197
7.24 No control Q detection at Re* = 633........................................................... 198
7.25 Control case: A = 0.019,1=0.4 at Re* = 633 ............................................. 198
7.26 Contours of streamwise velocity in the x\ — X3 plane at y+ = 5, Re* = 380,
no control (left) and case C3 (r ig h t).......................................................... 199
7.27 Contours of streamwise velocity in the xi - X3 plane at y+ = 10, Re* = 380,
no control (left) and case C3 (r ig h t) .......................................................... 200
7.28 Contours of streamwise velocity in the Xi — X3 plane at y+ = 30, Re* = 380,
no control (left) and case C3 (r ig h t).......................................................... 201
7.29 Contour in y-z plane at Re* = 380......................................................... 202
7.30 Control in y-z plane at Re* — 380, A = 0.034, 1=0.2............................ 203
xxxv
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
7.31 (a) Time history of pressure drop during transition in channel flow at Re* =
135. All values are normalized with the value of the uncontrolled flow in the
turbulent state, (b) Streamwise elocity profile in the laminar state at time
indicated by A.............................................................................................. 204
7.32 Time history of normalized drag force with Lorentz forcing in channel flow
at Re* = 135................................................................................................. 205
8.1 Solution of slip t e s t .................................................................................... 210
8.2 Drag Reduction and Pressure drop of channel flow with different slip
length at Re* = 135 ................................................................................ 211
8.3 Drag Reduction and Pressure drop of channel flow with different slip
length at Re* = 400 ................................................................................ 212
8.4 Drag Reduction vs. b+ .............................................................................. 212
8.5 Mean velocity at Re* = 135....................................................................... 213
8.6 Statistics at Re* = 135. Turbulence fluctuation (left); Reynolds stress
(r ig h t) ........................................................................................................ 214
8.7 Statistics at Re* = 135. Mean vorticity (left); Vorticity fluctuation
(r ig h t) ........................................................................................................ 215
8.8 Statistics at Re* = 135. Mean vorticity (left); turbulence fluctuation
(r ig h t) ........................................................................................................ 216
8.9 Re* = 135, 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles, 6+ = 1.35. Drag history (left);
Pressure drop (rig h t)................................................................................ 216
xxxvi
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
8.10 Re* = 380, 7200 a+ = 20 bubbles, b+ = 1.35. Drag history (left);
Pressure drop (r ig h t)................................................................... 217
8.11 Re* = 135, b+ = 1.35. Turbulence fluctuation (upper); Reynolds
stress ( lo w ) ................................................................................... 218
8.12 Streaks at y+ = 5 of Re* = 135................................................... 219
8.13 Streaks at y+ = 5 of Re* = 135, b+ = 2.7.................................... 220
8.14 Q contour without slip BC at Re*.= 135...................................... 220
8.15 Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 135, b+ = 1.35................................... 221
8.16 Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 135, = 2.7..................................... 221
8.17 Q contour with slip BC at Re* — 135, b+ = 1.35 and 800 a+ = 13.5
bubbles............................................................................................ 222
8.18 Q contour without slip BC at Re* = 380.................................... 223
8.19 Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 380, b+ — 1.35................................... 223
8.20 Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 380, b+ = 2.7..................................... 224
8.21 Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 380, b+ = 2.7 and 6348 a+ = 19
bubbles............................................................................................ 224
9.1 Shape of modal expansion modes for a polynomial order of polynomial
order P = 5..................................................................................... 234
9.2 Schematic of direct stiffness summation of local matrices to form the
global matrix A ........................................................................................ 235
xxxvii
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1
Introduction
Turbulence belongs to some of the most difficult problems in Physics. After many
years of research, it still remains an open challenging to the fluid mechanics research
community. Many of the difficulties in understanding turbulence stem from
* Time dependence.
* Three dimensional motion.
* Contain coherent structure in the near wall region.
* Highly non-linear process.
As it is almost impossible to solve turbulence problems theoritically, people are
turning increasingly towards simulations. A typical approach for turbulence research
was to use turbulence model based on Reynolds Average Equations. Until 1960s,
turbulence was studied solely through wind-tunnel experiments. In 1973, Steven
Orzag performed the first DNS on a 32s mesh at NCAR on a CDC7600 computer with
only 50 Mbytes memeory. Then in 1987, Kim, Moin and Moser (KMM) published
their first paper on Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS) of channel turbulence. After
1
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
that, interests on DNS greatly increased. Because DNS does not use any ad hoc
turbulence model, and it can provide detailed information about the turbulence
fluctuations. Besides, with the advent of supercomputers, turbulence modelling and
simulation have become important tools to study turbulence. DNS data has been
used as database to verify turbulent models and theories.
1.1 Turbulent Flow Simulation
1.1.1 R eynolds-Averaged Equations (R A N S)
The Navier-Stokes equation is averaged over time. By averaging, the non-linearity of
the Navier-Stokes equations gives rise to terms that can only be determined through
ad hoc models, in order for the system of equations to be closed. RANS has been
extensively used in industry to provide flow statistics. With careful calibration it
may produce accurate results, though it cannot provide any detailed time-dependent
information. Furthermore, the complexity of turbulence makes it unlikely that any
single model can represent all turbulent flows. This limits its usage to simple engi
neering applications.
1.1.2 Large Eddy Sim ulation (LES)
Through careful investigation of turbulent flow structure, there are many different
scales in turbulence, and the large scale motions have much more energy than small
scales. Small scale motions play a less important role in the process of transport
of mass, energy and other scalar properties. Therefore, if we treat the large ed
dies more accurately than the small ones, we can obtain an effective approach to
turbulent simulation with less computational cost. The LES approach separates ve
locity into the large scale and small scale components. The large scale is obtained
2
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
by filtering, and small scales are represented by a turbulence model, called subfilter
model. There are a wide variety of models, and the most popular and simple one is
the Smagorinsky eddy-viscosity model. In this thesis, a modified approach different
from eddy-viscosity modeling for LES is presented.
1.1.3 D irect numerical Sim ulation (D N S)
The most advanced approach for turbulence simulation is DNS, which can solve
the Navier-Stokes equations without any model. In order to use DNS, the mesh
size should be small enough to be comparable with the Kolmogorov length scale of
the turbulent flow. At low Reynolds number, this is a powerful research tool as it
can provide detailed description of turbulent flow. Corrsin (1961) [24] pointed out
that the number of grid points required for DNS of fully developed turbulent flow
increases as i?e9/4 per time step, and a full simulation requires a large number of
time steps proportional to Re3/4. Thus the total cost scales like Re3. As Reynolds
number increases, the computation requirement become prohibative, and it makes
DNS inapplicable to solve practical industrial problems with current computer ca
pabilities.
1.2 Turbulent Drag Reduction Techniques
Turbulence control is very important in industry, and drag reduction has great eco
nomical and military value. There are two control methods considers energy expen
diture and the control loop involved: active control and passive control. Passive
control requiring no auxiliary power, while active control requiring energy expendi
ture. Active control can be further divided into predetermined or reactive control.
Predetermined control includes the application of steady or unsteady energy input
without regard to the particular state of the flow. The control loop in this case is
3
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
open and no sensors are required. Reactive control is a special class of active control
where the control input is continuously adjusted based on measurements of some
kind. The control loop in this case can either be an open, feedforward one or a
closed, feedback loop. Classical control theory deals, for the most part, with reactive
control.
Usually active control is more effective than passive control. Loren tz force belongs
to active control. Adding polymer or micro-bubbles and slip boundary condition
belong to passive control.
It has been found that adding polymer or microbubbles can lead to 70% to 80%
drag reduction, and Lorentz force acting in spanwise direction can reach about 30%
drag reduction. In this work, several techniques, such as adding micro-bubbles,
constant forcing, and slip boundary have been investigated in detail.
DNS has been used to investigate all above techniques, as we outline below.
1.2.1 Micro bubble Drag R eduction
This phenomenon was first demonstrated in [93] and subsequentially verified in a se
ries of experiments by [81, 82] and [95]. More recent experiments have been reported
in [69] and [49].
Although it has been reported that 80% drag reduction can possibly be achieved
in experiment, it is very hard to reach this level in numerical simulation. The reason
is that it is very difficult to simulate the interaction between bubbles and turbulent
fluids.
There are basically two methods to investigate turbulent multiphase flow. The
first one is a Lagrangian description, in which the equation for each bubble motion
needs to be solved, and the second one is Eulerian description, which treats the
4
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
bubbles as a continuous medium and modified Navier-Stokes equation are used to
describe both fluid and bubble phases.
The Arbitary Lagrangian-Eulerian (ALE) method is a Lagrangian method. It
fully resolves particles or bubbles, adaptive mesh has been updated as particle moves.
Forces on particle/bubble are calculated directly from flow variables and used to
move the particles. The Front Tracking [127] and Distributed Lagrage Multiplier
(DLM) [45] use static mesh, fictitious forces are used in flow to simulate presence
of particle/bubble. They allow for deformation of bubble shape. Force coupling
method (FCM) [88, 89] is also a Lagrangian approach, and the grids are all fixed in
this method. The Front Tracking technique captures the bubble boundary at each
time step, so it requires a lot of grid points inside the bubble. For the liquid-liquid
or gas-liquid flow, there are many methods similar to Front Tracking method, such
as marker and cell (MAC) method, volume of fluid (VOF) method [115], level set
method [104, 121], constrained interpolation profile method [137], and the phase field
method [58, 59].
The FCM method is introduced by Maxey (1997), and was studied in the PhD
thesis of Patel (2001) and Lomholt (2002). In this method, each bubble is represented
by a finite force monopole that generates a body force distribution which
transmits the resultant force of the bubble to the fluid. The dynamics of bubbles
and fluid are considered as one system, where fluid drag on the bubbles, added-mass
effects and bouyancy forces are treated as internal to the system. The equations
of fluid motion are applied to the whole domain, including the volume occupied by
bubbles. In this way, the body forces induce a fluid motion equivalent to that of the
bubble motion.
With Distributed Lagrangian Method (DLM) [45], the problem on a time-dependent
geometrically complex domain is extended to a stationary, larger, but simpler do
main so that a fixed mesh can be used. The no-slip boundary conditions between
the bubbles and the fluid are satisfied through the constraints of rigid-body motion
5
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
of the fluid in the volume of bubbles. These constraints are enforced through DLM,
which represents the additional body force required to maintain the rigid-body mo
tion inside the bubbles. The DLM method has been applied to study sedimentation,
fluidization, and viscoelastic bubble flows with the number of bubbles reaching the
order of 1000-10,000 in 2D and 100-1000 in 3D.
1.2.2 Constant forcing control
Inspired by the force of micro-bubbles acting on the turbulence, a sine wave form
constant force has been found to reduce drag dramatically. Different Reynolds num
ber were investigated, and it has been found that for larger Reynolds number, a
larger amount drag reduction can be achieved. However, there exists an upper-limit
for maximum drag reduction at each Reynolds number.
1.2.3 Slip boundary condition
Careful observation on real condition of bubble motion in the near wall region sug
gests that it is a common phenomenon that bubbles attach to the wall and may form
a thin film, next to wall. This motivated us to investigate more realistic boundary
condition, and slip boundary condition has been implemented to investigate the
hypothesis.
1.3 Motivation
With the rapid development of supercomputer, the possiblities of high Reynolds
number DNS become feasible. DNS turbulence data is invaluable in many fields. For
example, besides the turbulent data in plane channel flow, people are also interested
in turbulent data in complex geometries. Spectral/hp method provides a powerful
6
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
tool to do such simulations.
LES has also been investigated by using different models. In the frame of spec
tral/hp method, few work has been done. Due to the advantages of spectral/hp
methods, it is meaningful to do LES based on this high-order accuracy numerical
scheme. It incorporates both multi-domain spectral methods based on the ideas of
A. T. Patera, and high-order finite element methods based on the ideas of B. A.
Szabo. Polynomial spectral methods were first introduced by Gottlieb and Orszag
(1977) and have been covered in Canuto (1987) and Boyd (1989). Hp finite ele
ments and spectral elements have been discussed in Szabo and Babuska (1991), and
Bernardi and Maday(1992) respectively. They have been extended to their current
unstructured form by Sherwin and Karniadakis (1995). The concept is simple: the
solution is approximated using a series of polynomials, the order of which can be
chosen arbitrarily. However, to apply this concept is by no means easy. Despite
the complex scheme which is necessary for its application, unstructured spectral el
ements have some very useful properties. They exhibit convergence reached either
by increasing the number of elements or by increasing the polynomial order of the
expansion bases. The high accuracy at high order ensure it as an effective method
to do long-time integration of turbulence simulation.
Using unstructured spectral element method to do LES has some difficulties,
because filter width is related to the size of the structured grid size or volume. For
unstructured mesh, we need to define a new filter length. This may influence the
final simulation results of LES. A new method has been developed in the current
thesis to do LES using spectral element/hp method.
7
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1.4 Objectives
The aim of the thesis is focused on two parts. The first one is to do high Reynolds
number DNS and LES by Spectral Vanishing Viscosity (SVV) method using Fourier
Spectral Element Method (FSEM). In order to reach high Reynolds number, several
parallel models were implemented and compared. The optimized channel turbulence
solver was used to do high Reynolds number DNS. DNS results at low Reynolds num
ber were compared with Moser’s result. Based on the results at different Reynolds
number, a database has been created. We also investigated using Spectral Vanish
ing Viscosity (SVV) method to do LES, and compared their results with our DNS
results. The second part is to investigate several drag reduction techniques using
DNS.
1.4.1 D N S and LES
Firstly, several parallel models were used to implement a channel solver using MPI
or OpenMP. Their parallel efficiency was thoroughly investigated, and the best model
was chosen for the parallel production runs. Secondly, DNS databases at different
Reynolds number were created and we compared all the statistics with results of
KMM [68] and MKM [99]. Specifically we did DNS at Re* = 180,400,600,1000.
Thirdly, we tried to explore whether SVV can be an efficient way to do LES. We
did our LES-SVV research at different Reynolds numbers, i.e. Re* = 180,600,1000.
Those results were also compared with standard LES and DNS data.
1.4.2 Drag reduction techniques
Using our DNS code, we investigated several drag reduction techniques as follows:
8
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
* Micro-bubble drag reduction.
* Constant forcing.
* Slip boundary condition.
The constant forcing method was inspired by micro-bubble drag reduction, and
the wave length must be small enough to have drag reduction. The tradional nu
merical methods usually do not satisfy such fine mesh, therefore it has never been
detected before. DNS has fine mesh in the wall region, so it can be used as a powerful
tool to investigate turbulent flow.
1.5 Outline of Thesis
The thesis is divided into two parts. The first part is high Reynold number DNS and
LES, including chapter 2-4. Chapter 2 presents different parallel implementation of
channle turbulence DNS, and gives DNS results at different Reynolds number. After
that, discussion on channel turbulence LES is presented in Chapter 3 and 4. The
second part is about drag reduction techniques, including chapters 5-6. Chapter 5
explains the FCM method, which has been used to simulate turbulent bubble flow
and its parallelization. Chapter 6 discuss the simulation results of micro-bubble drag
reduction at low and high Reynolds number. Chapter 7 discusses the constant forcing
control technique which is inspired from micro-bubble drag reduction. Chapter 8
investigates the drag reduction effect by using the slip boundary condition. Summary
and conclusion are given in Chapter 9.
9
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2
Spectral Element Method for
Channel Flow
The domain shown in figure (2.1) is a plane channel with periodic boundary
conditions in streamwise and spanwise directions.
2.1 Numerical Method and Parallel Models
2.1.1 Num erical M ethod
The discretization is similar to that of Kim, Moin and Moser [68]. The difference
is in the wall normal direction, where we use a spectral elements expansion instead
of the Chebychev polynomials. In the streamwise and spanwise directions, we use a
Fourier expansion as the expansion basis, which is the same as KMM’s. Under this
10
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.1: Sketch for channel domain
framework, the velocity can be expressed in the following form within an element:
M / 2 - 1 N / 2 - l p
u{x,y,z,t)= y Y fi(miP’n't')e~iamXe~l0nzpp(y)’ (2 -1)m = —M / 2 n = —N / 2 0
where Pp(y) are the Legendre Polynomials (P$’°(y)).
Using this method, we can choose the position of an element boundary, so that we
can control the number of points in the near wall region. Usually the DNS simulation
needs at least 13 points in the first 10 wall units, so that it is enough to resolve the
smallest turbulent structure in the near wall region.
The velocity field V (x, t) of incompressible flow satisfies
-V p + jA72V (2 .2)
(2.3)V -V 0
where v is the fluid viscosity and p is the pressure.
11
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
We use the high-order time splitting method of Karniadakis, Israeli, Orszag
(1991) to do the time integration.
1. Nonlinear step:
fs+i/3 - £ aqV s~<i J*~l AtS = = J2 f}qN{Vs-i) (2.4)
9= 0
2. Pressure step:
U s + 2 /3 _ y s + l / S
Xt = -V IT +1 (2.5)
V . y-s+2/3 = o (2.6)O T T J e ~ 1 J e ~ 1
- ^ = r H £ / y V ( V - « ) + ^ ^ ( - V x ( V x n ) ] (2.7)9 = 0 9 = 0
3. Viscous step:
1VP+1 — ('f/V+2/3At = i/V2(V)fl+1 (2.8)
In order to eliminate the aliasing error generated in nonlinear step, we perform the
nonlinear step in physical space using 3/2 rule. This means that we expand the mesh
by 3/2 times larger in both streamwise and spanwise directions. After evaluating the
nonlinear terms, we transform back to the normal mesh. The code uses FFTW, which
can optimize its performance on different platforms to do Fast Fourier Transform.
The high performance numerical libraries such as BLAS, LAPACK have been used
in the code. Since high Reynolds number DNS usually needs to run on parallel
supercomputers, the code has been parallized using MPI. Its parallel efficiency is
relatively high on various platforms, such as SGI, AIX, HP, LINUX Cluster, etc.
12
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The performance is quite good, and we will benchmark the code in details later in
this chapter.
2.1.2 D irect and Iterative Solver
We have tried both direct and iterative solvers in our code for the pressure and
viscous steps, and compared their efficiency. For a direct solver, we use LU decompo
sition. Static condensation technique has been implemented, and high performance
has been reached. At low Reynolds number DNS, the advantage of static condensa
tion technique may not be obvious, because the time need to solve a global matrix
is relatively small. While at high Reynolds number DNS, the advantage is promi
nent. Matrices obtained from LU decomposition take a large mount of memory, the
speed without static condensation is relatively slow. This indicates that the static
condensation technique is necessary to do DNS at high Reynolds number. The work
of decoupling boundary points from internal points can be compensated by saving
memory and high efficiency by solving much smaller matrices.
For an iterative solver, we use the conjugate gradient method with a diagonal
preconditioning. Fig. (2.2) shows convergence of iterative solvers. The test probelm
is 3d acurate solution shown in equation(2.11) to equation(2.13). The speed of the
iterative solver is approximately the same as the direct solver. As the mesh becomes
larger, most time of each time step was spent in the nonlinear step, and we adopted
a direct solver in our DNS simulations.
13
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
_L5
_i_10N
Figure 2.2: Spectral accuracy of iterative solver, N is the grid points
2.1.3 Parallel Im plem entation
Because DNS is time and memory consuming at high Reynolds number, the code
has been parallelized using MPI. In order to obtain maximum optimization, we
have implemented several different parallel models. Their performances have been
compared and the best model has been chosen from them. The first model of the
code uses domain decomposition in the stream-wise direction (model A), and it is
the easiest implement. However, this model has a potential limitation on the number
of processors that can be used since we need to have at least two planes located in
each processor in order to do de-aliasing in nonlinear step. In order to increase the
number of processors that can be used, we have also implemented another parallel
model, which decomposed the domain in both stream-wise and span-wise directions
(model B). Using this parallel model, we can use thousands of processors at high
Reynolds number DNS. According to our computation experience, we found that
as the mesh becomes larger, most of the time in each time step is spent in the
nonlinear step (approximately 75%). Since we need to expand the mesh 9/4 times
larger than before, we need to exchange large amounts of data between different
processors in a high Reynolds number simulation. This is the bottleneck of the
14
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.3: Sketch for Model A parallelization
code speed. In order to speed-up nonlinear steps, we also tried different ways to do
de-aliasing. The best way has been used in the high Reynolds number simulation
later. We will give detailed explanation in the following. As a comparison, we also
implemented a hybrid parallel model using MPI and OpenMP. MPI has been used
in the streamwise direction, while OpenMP has been used in spanwise direction
(Model C). The benchmark of this model will give us a clear comparison of MPI and
OpenMP.
1. Model A: MPI in x direction
Figure (2.3) is the sketch of model A; the domain has been decomposed only in
the stream-wise direction.
In the nonlinear step, the data on each processor has been shifted N times (N is
the total number of processors been used) to the “following” processor. That means
0 —> 1 -> 2 —> N — 1 —>• 0. During this process, each processor can hold the
15
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ZL
1 I 1 1 1 I
1 '1 '
1' 1
; 1 ' i i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 I ' ' 1 [ ' ' I
' 1 1
11 I 1 1 I 1
' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
_ — _!
! 1 ' i 1 11 1 1
- - 1
1 1 ! i 1 1 1
1 11i L L i .
1 1 7 - - U - 1- 1 yl1 h ---- -1 ± - J J t - —I -j -fc .___ A / ___ J f ___ - Y -----
/ / / / 7 77
12 13 14 15
8 9 10 11
4 5 6 7
0 1 2 3
Figure 2.4: Sketch for Model B parallelization
data which should belong to it after the 3/2 expansion.
2. Model B: MPI in x and z direction
Figure (2.4) is the sketch of model B; the domain has been decomposed in both
stream-wise and span-wise directions.
In the nonlinear step, we have implemented the Fast Fourier Transform in two
different ways. The first approach (referenced as model Bl) is to form two seperate
communication groups, one is composed of processors that have the same x planes,
and the other is composed of processors which have same z planes as shown in figure
(2.5). In the model, the FFT has been done seperately in x and z direction, one
after another. The second approach (refeneced as model B2) is to collect data from
all processors at first, and then put data on one or several planes to one processor
as shown in figure (2.6). Then a two-dimensional FFTW has been used, and after
transformation, the data will be distributed back to original processors.
16
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
I
II
I_ i __
Com m unication G roup X Comm unication G roup Z
Figure 2.5: Sketch of the first way for Fourier transform in Model BI
1 ! '
^ ' 7
11 :
/ 1 i
M >:
- T z| K , 1ii
/
11' !" i 1
/ k/" 1
“*>“ ' /
77
V
/ I / I
/
ii;"iJ1 '-H- I - / £ 1 l7/ J/ _/ r-K- • / 17 _/
/7
C P U I
--hr. 1
C P U II
Figure 2.6: Sketch of the second way for Fourier transform in Model BIT
17
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.7: Sketch for Model C parallelization
The second approach (B2) shows better performance, and it has been used in
our high Reynolds number DNS simulation.
3. Model C: MPI in x and OpenMP in z direction
Figure (2.7) is the sketch of model C. It is same as Model A, using MPI in the
stream-wise direction, besides, OpenMP has also been used in span-wise direction.
2.2 Validation/Verification
At first, we validate our code by two cases, and show spectral convergence as
it’s supposed to be. The first case is a two-dimensional Kovasznay flow, and the
second case is three-dimensional accurate solution. At last we verify our turbulence
statistics at Re* = 180 with standard KMM’s DNS results.
18
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.8: Spectral convergence of solving 2d Kovasznay flow problem
2.2.1 Kovasznay Flow
The Kovasznay flow is a model for laminar flow behind a two-dimensional grid,
the exact solution is given by Kovasznay (1948). The solution is a function of the
Reynolds number Re, and is of the form
where A = Re2/ 2 — {Re2/4 + 47r2)0,5 at Re=40. All the boundary conditions are
Dirichlet conditions, defined by the above exact solution. Figure (2.8) shows the
convergence of spectral accuracy, it proved the correctness of our code.
2.2.2 3D A ccurate solution
The second case we used is a three-dimensional flow problem, which satisfies
periodic boundary condition in both stream-wise and span-wise directions. This
u
v
1 - eXxcos{2-Ky)
—-eXx sin{2'Ky)
(2.9)
(2 .10)
19
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.9: Spectral convergence solving 3d problem
problem is designed to satisfy the divergence-free condition.
w
u
V
cos(x)sin(y)sin(z)
—2sin(x)cos(y)sin(z)
sin(x)sin(y)cos(z)
(2 .11 )
(2 .12)
(2.13)
Figure (2.9) shows the convergence of spectral accuracy, and again demonstrates
that our code can solve 3D problem accurately.
2.2.3 Turbulence Statistics
After validating our code with accurate solutions, we compare the turbulent
statistics obtained at Re* = 180 with KMM’s DNS results. Since its publication in
1987, KMM’s DNS results at Re* = 180 have been used as a standard benchmark
to verify other DNS results. Our statistics show good agreement with their data.
20
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
>3
y101
Figure 2.10: Re* = 180, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity (left);
Reynold Stress (right)
It proves that our code can produce correct results at low Reynolds number. Our
turbulent fluctuation is a little bit larger than KMM’s in the center of channel,
because we use three elements, and the middle one has the largest length of 1.0 ,
from -0.5 to 0.5. So the spacing points in the center of channel is relatively larger
compared to the spacing points in the near wall region. Later in this Chapter, we
will also compare statistics at high Reynolds number; they also match KMM’s [68]
and MKM’s [99] result quite well.
2.3 Parallel Benchmarks
2.3.1 Comparison on different m odels
First we compare different models on an SGI computer as shown in Figure (2.12).
We can see all of them decreased nearly linearly, and Model B is the best model
among them. It shows that the Model B has the highest parallel efficiency.
21
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
(AEcc
y
Figure 2.11: Re* = 180, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
(left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation (right)
180
6 4 X 6 5 X 6 4 6 5 p o in ts /1 e l e m e n t
b M odel A_ — M odel B
M odel C
160
140
120
Number of Processors
Figure 2.12: Model C: Speed comparison of different models on SGI
22
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
7065 i polnts/460
55
50
45
40
E 35 H 30
25
20
15
10
5
0N um ber of P ro c e sso rs
70
60
50
i-30
20
10
0.
N um ber of P ro c e s so rs
Figure 2.13: Speed on different platforms: Model A (left), Model B (right)
2.3.2 Comparison on different platforms
Next, we compare the speed of Model A and Model B on different machines.
Figure (2.13) shows that they have similar performance on different platforms. This
means the parallel efficiency of our code is independent of the platforms, so it can
be run on various supercomputers for high Reynolds number DNS.
2.3.3 Comparison of M odel B in x and z direction
Since in model B, we decompose the domain in both streamwise and spanwise
directions, we can increase the number of processor in either direction. We wish to
know the performance by increasing the number of processors in these directions.
As shown in figures(2.14) and (2.15), the parallel efficiency in x and z directions are
basically the same as they both use MPI. Figure (2.15) showed the performance in
a 2D contour plane. Because of the symmetry of the channel domain, the parallel
efficiency should be also symmetric and similar in the two directions.
23
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
4)EI -
N um ber of P ro c e sso rs
oEi—
N um ber of P ro c e sso rs
Figure 2.14: Model B: Speed comparison for MPI in x and z directions: SGI(left),
SP4(right)
Models on SP4 126X145X128 36 polnts/4 elements
Figure 2.15: Model B: Speed comparison in (x,z) plane: SGI(left), SP4(right)
24
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
200
175 M o d e l C o n S O I 1 2 8 X 1 4 5 X 1 2 8 3 6 p o in ts /4 e l e m e n t s
150 MPI in x O penM P in z
125
Number of Processors
Figure 2.16: Model C: Speed comparison in x(MPI) and z(OpenMP) directions
2.3.4 Comparison o f M odel C in (x,z) plane
Since we adopt different parallel models in streamwise and spanwise directions,
figures (2.16) and (2.17) show the different performance in x and z directions. The
parallel efficiency is higher using MPI than using OpenMP. The time decreased lin
early using MPI, but saturated quickly using OpenMP. OpenMP has some advantage
when the machine has some large block of shared memory, and with small number of
processors. It is not so efficient with a large number of processors, here the number
of processors is small (4-16). This suggests that MPI is more suitable to do large
scale computation than OpenMP as for high Reynolds number DNS.
2.3.5 Comparison of M odel B for R e * = 400
We have shown Model B2 is the most efficient model for parallelization, and we
will benchmark this model on a large number of processors. The grid is 256 x 241 x
25
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
M o d e l C o n S G I 1 2 8 X 1 4 5 X 1 2 8 3 6 p o in ts /4 e l e m e n t s
Figure 2.17: Model C: Speed comparison in x(MPI) and z(OpenMP) directions
256. In the wall normal direction, it has 8 elements with 31 points in each element.
The elements are distributed unevenly, so that we have more than 13 points in the
first 10 wall units in the near wall region.
Figure (2.18) show scaling of our code on large number processors, and the paral
lel efficiency is good even using a large number of processors. We also benchmarked
our code on larger mesh of 384 x 361 x 384, each time step takes about 4 seconds on
256 processors using the IBM SP4 machine, Iceberg at Arctic Supercomputer Center
(ARSC). This means that our code can be used to do long time integration of high
Reynolds number DNS. Based on DNS databases obtained, various fluid problems
occured in turbulent flow can be investigated thoroughly, such as turbulent control,
microbubbles motion, etc.
26
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1514
R e .s 4 0 0 a t P S C 2 5 6 X 2 4 1 X 2 5 6 3 1 p o in ts /8 e l e m e n t s
1312
11
10
98
76
5432
1
0 400 600Number
800Number of Processors
1000
Figure 2.18: Model B: scaling on large number of processors, IBM SP4, ARSC
N x x Ny x Nz Norm Re* Real Re* Ele Lx Lz 5x+ Sy+ Sz+
128 x 129 x 128 180 178.1 1 47T 47r/3 17.7 4.4 5.9
256 x 193 x 192 395 392.2 1 2tt 7r 10.0 6.5 6.5
384 x 257 x 384 595 587.2 1 27T 7r 9.7 7.2 4.8
Table 2.1: KMM’s and MKM’s DNS runs.
2.4 High Reynolds DNS results
Firstly, we summarize the DNS runs we have performed in table(2.2). Table(2.1)
shows the parameters of KMM’s and MKM’s DNS, and the meshes we use are
similar to or more than KMM’s. Re* = 5x+ = 8y+ = 8z+ =
Secondly, we give turbulent statistics and visualization at Re* = 400 and Re* —
600 in the following.
27
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
N x x Ny x N z Norm Re* Real Re* Ele Lx Lz 8x+ Sy+ Sz+
128 x 130 x 128 180 178 3 2 tt 2 tt 8.98 6.6 8.98
256 x 241 x 256 400 380 8 27T 7T 9.31 10.3 4.66
384 x 361 x 384 600 633 10 2 tt 7r 9.81 12.9 4.91
Table 2.2: Current DNS runs.
> -0.4
y
Figure 2.19: Re* = 380. Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity normalized
by u*(left); Reynold Stress normalized by u*2(right)
2.4.1 Re* = 400
All the statistics at Re* = 400 match MKM’s results quite well, except that the
Reynolds stress show some difference. The correct value should be a straight line,
which is located between our result and MKM’s. Both results needs to be improved
a little bit.
Figure (2.21) shows the pattern of streamwise velocity contours or low-speed
streaks at y+ = 5 plane for Re* = 380. The domain is 2-k x 2 x 7r, corresponding
to 2388 x 760 x 1194 in wall units. Clear evidence of streaks can be seen, and the
average distance between them is approximately 100 wall units. Figure(2.22) shows
the vorticity contour in a box region of 3 x 0.5 x 1, which is 1140 x 190 x 380 in wall
units.
28
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Ecc
y
0.35
0.3
0.25
g 0.2«EIT
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
Figure 2.20: Re* = 400, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by w,*(left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized by «,*2/T(right)
V : 0.0100 0.1292 0.2484 0.3676 0.4868
Figure 2.21: Streaks of Re* = 380 at y+ — 5.
29
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vortices
150100
1000
800x600
300 400200
200100
Figure 2.22: Vortices at Re* = 380.
2.4.2 R e * = 600
Our statistics at Re* = 633 also match MKM’s results quite well. We have averaged
our results for about 20 time units, there is some small discrepency due to this
short time average. Figure (2.25) shows the streaks at y+ = 5 for Re* = 633,
the streaks becomes thinner and denser than those at Re* = 380. The observed
feature are consistent still with an average spacing of 100 wall units. Figure (2.26)
shows the vorticity contour, the sub-domain is the same as for figure (2 .22), which
is 1899 x 316.5 x 633 in wall units. For the fixed channel dimensions and flow region
shown, the vortices appear more dense and smaller than those at Re* = 380. As
Reynolds number increases, the apparent turbulent scale decrease in physical units,
but in terms of wall units there is little change. More mesh points are needed to
resolve turbulence at Re* = 633.
30
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3
y
£3
Figure 2.23: Re* = 600, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Mean Velocity normalized
by (left); Reynold Stress normalized by u*2(right)
co£cc
y
“sr 0.2
Figure 2.24: Re* = 633, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by ?/* (left); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized by u*2/u (right)
31
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.26: Vortices at Re* = 633.
32
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Case N x x Ny x N z Re* Ele Lx Lz 8x+ 5y+ Sz+
Moser 768 x 769 x 768 1901 1 7T 7t/ 2 7.8 7.8 3.9
Moser 3072 x 385 x 2304 934 1 87T 37r 7.6 3.8 7.6
Iwamoto 1152 x 513 x 1024 1160 1 67T 2 tt 19 - 7.1
Jin 768 x 521 x 768 934 20 67T 1.57T 22.9 7.66 5.7
Table 2.3: DNS runs at Re* = 1000.
2.4.3 Re* = 1000
We have also obtained results at Re* = 1000, and we give turbulent statistics and
visualization. Table(2.3) shows the parameters used by several researchers. The
mesh is 768 x 521 x 768 with 20 elements in wall normal direction, domain size is
67T X 2 X 1.57T.
2.5 Summary
In this chapter, we have developed and benchmarked Fourier Spectral Element (FSE)
code. The code has been validated by two dimensional Kovasznay flow problem
and three dimensional accurate solution. Spectral convergence has been satisfied.
We also verified the code by comparing turbulent statistics at Re* = 180 with
KMM’s standard results. The agreement is excellent, and the code has been used
to perform DNS at high Reynolds number. In order to optimize the code, parallel
benchmarks have been done, several parallel models have been investigated in detail,
and an optimized model has been used to implement the production code. Detailed
statistics at high Reynolds number of Re* = 380, Re* = 633 and Re* = 933 have
been obtained and compared with MKM’s results, and good agreement has been
reached for all of them. Streaks at y+ = 5 and vortices have been shown at these
33
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
R e * = 9 3 4S o l id -------D a s h -------
— M o s e r , 3 0 7 2 * 3 8 5 * 2 3 0 4 — J in , 7 6 8 * 5 2 1 * 7 6 8
BD
0.5
+A’>3V
-0.5
500 1000 1500Y+
Figure 2.27: Re* — 1000. Mean Velocity normalized by w*(upper), Solid: KMM;
Dash: SEM solver; Reynold Stress normalized by w*2(low)
34
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5•M o se r, 3 0 7 2 * 3 8 5 * 2 3 0 4 ■Jin, 7 6 8 * 5 2 1 * 7 6 8
2
.5
1
0.5
00 200 400 600 800
20 40y+
Figure 2.28: Re* = 1000, Solid: KMM; Dash: SEM solver. Turbulence fluctuation
normalized by w*(upper); turbulence vorticity fluctuation normalized by u*2/v( low)
35
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 2.29: Streaks of Re* = 1000 at y+ = 5.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vortex detection: Q
Figure 2.30: Q contour at Re* — 1000.
37
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reynolds number, and these high Reynolds databases are reliable and valuable for
research related to turbulent flow. Our work presented in the later chapters is based
upon these data.
38
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3
High Reynolds number Large
Eddy Simulation
3.1 Background
After many decades of intense research on large-eddy simulations (LES) of turbulent
flows, the results show that standard LES methods are still subject to some funda
mental limitations. Different implementations to improve the LES results are under
current investigation.
An interesting approach is the scale-similarity model, first proposed by Bardina
[4], and its subsequent variants. It assumes that the subfilter stress is proportional
to the so-called Leonard stresses, which are expressed in terms of the filtered velocity
gradients. Preliminary results with mixed models have shown significant improve
ment. However, such mixed models are typically computationally more expensive.
If the LES discretization lacks entropy dissipation, then Gibbs oscillations are
produced and eventually render the solution unstable. In high Reynolds number
39
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
flows, the situation is analogous. The conflict between monotonicity and accuracy
was analyzed by Godunov [46] and Tadmor [123]. Specifically, Tadmor introduced
artificial dissipation via Spectral Vanishing Viscosity (SVV), which is sufficiently
large to suppress oscillasions, yet small enough not to affect the solution’s accuracy.
The SVV approach guarantees an essentially nonoscillatory behavior, although
some small oscillations of bounded amplitude may be present in the solution. This
theory is based on three key components:
1. a vanishing viscosity amplitude which decreases with the mode number;
2 . a viscosity-free spectrum for the lower, most energetic modes;
3. an appropriate viscosity kernel for the high wavenumbers.
It is worth pointing out an important distinction between the classical LES for
mulation and the currently proposed SVV formulation. In standard large eddy for
mulations, the small scale dynamics is coupled to the dynamics of the large scale
dynamics with explicit contributions from the subgrid scales, whereas in comparison,
the SVV approach ignores this coupling.
Many of the applications of SVV method so far have dealt with one-dimensional
conservation laws. Andreassen et al[ 1] used SVV for two-dimensional simulations of
waves in a stratified atmosphere. Standard Fourier or Legendre discretization was
employed by Tadmor and his colleagues. Karamanos [64], Kirby and Karniadakis
[70] have done some pioneering work on using SVV for LES of channel turbulence.
Based on their efforts, our current work combined the concepts of standard LES with
SVV method.
In the standard Smagorinsky model, the subgrid stress term (SGS) is computed
from filtered quantities, and the coefficient is related to grid size and constant Cs.
In the Fourier Spectral Elements solver, these SGS terms are added to all modes
40
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
in the Fourier space for standard implementation. However, based on assumption,
these terms are not accurate. Adding these terms in low modes may not be correct
according to the concept of LES. SVV method tries to avoid such situation. By
incorporating Dynamic Smagorinsky model into SVV, the viscosity e can be calcu
lated from local flow information. This usually gives better results than standard
Smagorinsky model. We will present the results of SVV incorporated with standard
and Dynamic Smagorinsky models in the following sections.
Since high modes correspond to the small scale motions in the flow, we intend to
increase the small scale motion, which means to increase the momentum transport
in the near wall region. This is different from before, since no low order mode has
been changed, and the improvement of mean flow quantities is due to the change of
small scale turbulent structure, which is introduced by adding SGS terms in high
modes.
In this chapter, we present the method to do large eddy simulation using SVV.
In particular, we applied a Jacobi-based spectral element discretization along the
inhomogeneous direction [67] and Fourier collocation along the other two homoge
neous directions. We implemented this methods implicitly, and this improves the
stability. Detailed statistics at low Reynolds number are compared with DNS results
with single and multiple elements in wall normal direction. We also performed high
Reynolds number LES and compared the results with those from DNS.
41
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.2 LES methods and implementation
3.2.1 Basic A ssum ption and Concepts
As we have introduced briefly in Chapter 1, the basic idea of LES is to model
the small scale motion while simulating the large scale motion. This is based on the
following assumptions:
* Most of transport of mass, momentum and energy is due to the large eddies.
The small eddies dissipate the energy of large scale motion, but affect the mean
properties only slightly.
* Large scale motion is strongly dependent on the geometry of flow, and it is
anisotropic.
* Small scale motion is much more universal.
The LES equation is obtained by averaging the Navier-Stokes equation in space.
The method is different according to different definitions of averaging. Once the
filtered equation of motion is specified, the effect of the small scales on the large
ones requires modelling. The most common assumption in the turbulence modelling
is that production and dissipation terms dominate the turbulence budget and as a
first approximation, we asssume they are equal when other terms are ignored. This is
acceptable if the Navier-Stokes equation is filtered in the inertial subrange, with the
eddies carrying most of the energy being resolved by the filtered equation of motion.
In the inertial subrange, there is an absence of sources and sinks at each wave number
because the energy transfer dominates both production and dissipation. This makes
Production = Dissipation an acceptable approxiamtion in physical space. This
model holds in homogeneous turbulent flows and in free shear flows, althougth in
42
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
wall bounded flows, the structures responsible for much of the momentum transport
maybe quite small, especially close to the solid boundary. Special care is necessary
in these cases.
3.2.2 Filtering Techniques and Im plem entations
Incompressible Navier-Stokes equations and the continuity equation are:
—Vp + i/V2V (3.1)
(3.2)V - V 0
where 7 is the fluid momentum viscosity and p is the pressure.
The velocity field V, can be decomposed as
V = V + V'
where v is the part of variable separated by filtering and therefore called the subfilter
or small scale quantity. V is the part of the variable remaining after the filtering
operation and it represents the filtered or large scales motion. A subgrid motion
is one which is not captured by the numerical discretization, while a subfilter scale
(SFS) motion is one which is not captured by a filter. If the filter width is equal
to the mesh width, the subfilter and subgrid scales are the same. It follows that
a resolved motion is one resolved by the numerical discretization, while a filtered
motion is the motion subtracting the resolved motions from original ones.
The filtering operation is a convolution of the filter function G, with the variable
V, and produces the filtered variable:
G{—x) = G(x), I G(x)dx = 1, G(oo) —> 0, I G(x)x”dx < 00 (3.4)«/ — OO J — 00
43
(3.3)
The filter should satisfy following constraints:
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
This is normally evaluated in physical space using finite difference or finite volume
discretization. The integration is relatively computationally expensive, since the
integration envelope usually contains several points in each direction. For example,
if each direction has 3 points, then overall the integration envelope contains 27
points in three directions. One time integration requires 27 multiplication step per
grid point. Besides, when the domain is decomposed in streamwise or spanwise
direction, the integration in physical space must be done by each processor at first,
and then a summation needs to be done in order to get final result. This may
complicate the implementation. In order to simplify the work, one usually tries
to do this computation in coefficient space. However, there is some difficulty to
connect filter width in physical space with mode number in coefficient space using a
spectral element method. In our research, we tried both cutoff and Gaussian filters
in coefficient space to do filtering.
There are different filters defined as following:
Box Filter:
where A is the filter width. These are normally associated with explicit filtering
where the filter function G is usually convolved with the velocity field in Fourier
(3.5)
Sharp Cutoff Filter:
0(1) = (3.6)
Gaussian Filter:
(3.7)
Differential Filter:
(3.8)
44
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
space to produce the filtered velocity field.
3.2.3 Filtered Navier-Stokes Equations
Filtering the Navier-Stokes equations with a constant filter width, while neglect
ing body forces, density fluctuations and assuming that the differentiation operator
commutes with the filtering operation, i.e.
d u dud x d x 5
the equation of motion for an incompressible large eddy simulation is:
d(puj) djpufuj) _ dp d2Uj dt dxj dxi V dxj2'
Define = p{ujju,j — UiUj), the equation can be rewritten as
d{puj) d(pujUj) __ dp d'2Uj drjjdt dxj dxi dxj2 dxj '
In order to solve equation (3.10), we need to choose the filter width. As filter size
decreases, the subfilter models smaller and smaller scales. Thus, the effect of the
small scales on the larger ones is reduced, transforming the LES computation into a
direct numerical simulation. There are some tradeoff between obtaining an accurate
simulation and keeping the computational cost as low as possible. Basically the filter
cutoff should be in the inertial subrange, and the computational domain needs to be
large enough to have the largest turbulent scales of the flow.
Writing Ui = fq + , the term r,>; can be decomposed to
U i U j = U p l j -I- U i U j + U j U j + U jU •,
45
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
where L.j} = utUj — u,u,j are the Leonard terms, Cij = U{Uj + u^Uj are the cross
terms and Rij = u^u- are the subfilter Reynolds stresses. While the subfilter stresses
Tij are invariant with respect to a Galilean transformation, neither the Leonard nor
the cross terms are invariant. So the SFS stress should not be decomposed, but
modelled as a whole to retain Galilean invariance. The term Tij represents the SFS
scales, and has to be approximated using a subfilter model. In order to solve equation
(3.10), we need to choose proper filter width, as filter size decreases, the subfilter
model represents smaller and smaller scales. Thus the effect of the small scales on
the larger ones is reduced, transforming the LES computation into a direct numerical
simulation. A balance has to be found that allows for an accurate simulation, while
keeping the computational cost as low as possible. Basically the filter cut-off should
be in the inertial subrange, and the computational domain has to be large enough
to have capture the largest turbulent scales of the flow.
Hartel &; Kleiser (1998) analysed a DNS database of turbulent channel flow at
Re* = 115, Re* = 220 and Re* = 300. They argued that a filter width should be
as large as possible in order to minimize the computational needs of the simulation,
but larger filter widths gives rise to a more complex SFS turbulence, thus placing
greater demands on the subfilter scale models. If the filter cut-off is incorrect, then
a considerable fraction of the kinetic energy could reside in the subfilter scales. The
subfilter turbulence will then contain structures which play an important role in
the momentum transport but which are not resolved. To avoid such a situation
in low to moderate Reynolds numbers, some criterion is necessary for the spatial
resolution which will ensure that important features such as the evolution of near
wall streaks or bursts can be captured by the numerical grid and the filter. For
channel flow, Zang (1991) suggested grid spacings of about Ax+ = 80 wall units in
the streamwise direction and Az+ = 30 wall units in the spanwise direction. In the
wall-normal direction, grid spacings vary from Ay+ = 0.04 to Ay+ = 5 wall units.
Such restrictive resolutions have been used at low-Reynolds number flows, but are
extremely difficult to achieve at moderate and high Reynolds number flows, due to
46
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
computational expense. In most moderate Reynolds number simulations, the grid
spacings are of order of Ax+ = 120, Az+ = 70, 0.5 < Ay+ < 70. At high Reynolds
numbers, it is impractical to resolve the near wall region accurately. ’’Off the surface”
boundary conditions are then required, in order to reduce the computational cost.
3.2.4 Energy Balance Equation
In order to develop SFS models, it is useful to understand the physical phenomena
which the models should represent. The most important effect of the SFS scales on
the filtered ones is the energy exchange that results from the interaction between
filtered and subfilter scales. To understand this interaction, consider the transport
equation for the kinetic energy of the resolved field. For the total filtered energy
q2 = \uiUi,
dq2dt + d 2- \ 9 .__ . d dq2
I d , , du; du;dxj dxj + Tij S,ij 1 3 , (3.11)
or
da2 + (Advection of q2) =
-(Pressure Diffusion of q2) + (Viscous Diffusion of q2) -
(SFS Diffusion ) — (Viscous Dissipation of q2) + (SFS Dissipation).
A detailed explaination of this equation may be found in Hinze(1975). It should
be noticed that the advection and diffusion terms do not create nor destroy filtered
energy, but redistribute it spatially. The viscous dissipation and SFS dissipation
represent, the filtered energy lost by viscous dissipation at the filtered-scale level,
and the net energy exchanged between the filtered and subfilter scales. The subfilter
47
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
dissipation can be positive or negative, although on average energy flows from the
large scale to the small scales. Energy flowing from the small scales to the large ones
is called backscatter. For the SFS kinetic energy, q ^ s = Tkk/2. it may be shown
(Hinze 1975) that
dvifsdt
1 d d+ d^'fafsVj) = - 9 7^:(u^ ui - uiuiui) - 7ET(Puj - P“j )2 dx
+d . dqafa
— — [y----------- —
O X j d X j
Ti j S i j ,
d _ dui dui) + - fa .V iW ~ dxj dxj
dxi duj duj , dxj dxj '
(3.12)
or
dq2— — I- (Advection of qffj =(Jv
— (Turbulence Transport) - (Pressure Diffusion of d sfs) +
(Viscous Diffusion of q fs) + (SFS Diffusion) —
(Viscous Dissipation of qgfs) — (SFS Dissipation).
The energy exchange terms for the subfilter transport equation are similar to
those of total filtered energy transport equation. The advection and diffusion terms
are again redistribution terms. The energy lost by the filtered scales to the subfilter
ones appears now as a source term in equation (3.12), while the viscous dissipation
represents the SFS energy dissipated by the viscous forces and is modelled by the
subfilter scale model. The SFS diffusion and dissipation have opposite signs in the
transport equations for the filtered (3.11) (3.12).
48
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.3 Subfilter Scale Models
There are many different LES models. To test the quality of the various subfilter
scale models, there are two methods, a posteriori testing and a priori testing. A
posteriori testing involves the comparison of LES results with experiments or DNS
databases. It has the drawback that it is not always easy to pinpoint that cause
a model to fail, nor seperate the SFS models from other elements that affect the
results, such as the numerics. A priori testing offers a direct comparation of subfilter
variables to the exact small scale variables of fully resolved field. It is more strict
than a posteriori testing, so even a SFS model fails in a priori testing, it may still
be good in a posteriori testing. In our work, we will do the posteriori testing.
3.3.1 Smagorinsky E ddy-V iscocity M odel
Most subfilter scale models in use are eddy-viscosity models of the form
S' ■T ij - ~ ^ T kk = - 2v T S i j , (3.13)
which relates the subfilter scale stresses,Tij, to the filtered strain rate
The eddy viscosity ut is, by dimensional analysis, the product of a length scale,
la, and a velocity scale, usf s. Since the most active of the subfilter scales are those
closest to the cut-off, the natural length scale in LES modelling is the filter width,
which determines the size of the smallest resolved scales in the flow. The velocity
scale is usually taken to be the square-root of the trace of the SFS stress tensor, i.e.
u s f s = \ J Q ^ f s ~ y / T k k -
49
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The equilibrium assumption is based on the assumption that the small scales
of motion have shorter time scales, and recover equilibrium nearly instantaneously.
Under this ’’local equilibrium” assumption, the transport equation for q ^ s simplifies
significantly, since all terms drop out, except the production term, esf s = Tij Si j, and
the viscous dissipation of SFS energy ev, to yield
This assumption implies the absence of transport effects, i.e. no source and
sink exist at each wave number. This equivalent to a pure transfer in the inertial
subrange, i.e. energy is generated at the filter scale level, and transmitted to smaller
scales, where the viscous dissipation takes place. All eddy-viscosity models are based
on the assumption of Production — Dissipation with Smagorinsky model being the
simplest one. Assuming the viscous dissipation is modelled as ev = u ^ s/ls, and
vt — h usfsi so from (3.13) « 2vr§ij. And from (3.15) we have
where ls is a length scale, called Smagorinsky length scale or subfilter length
scale. It is equal to l3 = c,A, where cs is a constant, called Smagorinsky constant,
and A is the filter width.
For the definition of the filter width A, Deardorf(1970) suggested
(3.15)
(3.16)
A = (AaqAo^AaJs)1/ 3 (3.17)
50
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
with A;ci, Ax2, Aas3 the filter width in each direction. Bardina(1983) argued• I AX' 1 /\-t*~that in homogeneous turbulent flow with anisotropic filters, A = y —1— ^ a is
better.
Near the wall, the size of the eddies decreases, and therefore the subfilter model
will dissipate more energy than expected unless some modification has been made.
In the near wall region, the Reynolds shear stress asymptotes to zero as y3 (Panton
1997), but the Smagorinsky eddy-viscosity model does not behave in such a manner.
As a result a damping function is needed, such as the van Driest damping function
(van Driest 1956). This is the most popular one used but it does not give the
correct behaviour close to the wall, instead it follows a y4 law. Phanton (1997) [106]
suggested another damping function, which follows a y3 law.
g = - a r c t a n ( ^ —)[ 1 - e x p ( -y - ) ] 2. (3.18)7T 7T G _r
The LES equations in essence describe a non-Newtonian Smagorinsky fluid, called
’’Smagorinsky fluid” or an ”LES-fluid”, in which the viscosity is proportional to a
deformation tensor amplitude, i.e. vies = I2 \S\.
3.3.2 Spectral Vanishing V iscosity
Not all LES models are based on eddy viscosity assumption. The spectral vanishing
viscosity is another approach to do LES. Tadmor first introduced the concept of SVV
using the ID inviscid Burgers equation
9 , 9 ,u2(x, t) .+ 2— ) = ° (3' 19>
subject to given initial and boundary conditions. The distinct feature of solutions
51
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
to this problem is that spontaneous jump discontinuities (shock waves) may develop,
and hence a class of weak solutions can be admitted. Within this class, there are
many possible solutions, and in order to single out the physically relevant one an
additional entropy condition is applied, of the form
du2(x,t) d u3(x,t).+ s 0 <3-20>
Directly solving the inviscid Burgers equation will lead to a difficulty due to Gibbs
oscillations. Tadmor introduced the spectral vanishing viscosity method, which adds
a small amount of controlled dissipation that satisfies the entropy condition, yet
retains spectral accuracy. It is based on viscosity solutions of nonlinear Hamilton-
Jacobi equations, which have been studied systematically in [25]. Specifically, the
viscosity solution for the Burgers equation has the form
where e —>• 0 is a viscosity amplitude and Qf is a viscosity kernel, which may be
nonlinear and, in general, a function of x. Convergence may then be established by
compensated compactness estimates combined with entropy dissipation arguments.
Equation (3.21) can be written in discrete form as
d , d ,v?(x,t).^ d _ OumIxA)^g-t nN(x,t) + - [ P N{— ^ - ) ] = e- [ Q N * ], (3.22)
where the star * denotes convolution and is a projection operator. Q,\r is a
viscosity kernel, which is only activated for high wave numbers. In Fourier space,
this kind of spectral viscosity can be efficiently implemented as multiplication of the
52
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Fourier coefficients of w,,v with the Fourier coefficients of the kernel Qn ■ i.e.,
e ^2 k2Qk{t)iik{t)e‘ M<\k\<N
( 3 . 2 3 )
where k is the wave number, N is the number of Fourier modes, and M is the cutoff
wavenumber above which the spectral vanishing viscosity is activated. Originally,
Tadmor used
In subsequent work, a smooth kernel was used, and e & N 1, activated for modes
k > M « 5y/N, with
Karamanos et al[64] made the first extension of the spectral vanishing viscosity
concept to spectral/hp element methods.
Our SVV has been added to the 4 corners in figure(3.1).
3.3.3 Im plicit Spectral Vanishing V iscosity Im plem entation
First we would like to analyze the terms in SVV formulation.
. 1 0 , 1*1 < M
1, \k\ > M(3.24)
( k - N ) 2
(3.25)
53
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 3.1: SVV in Fourier Space
3.3.4 Filtering in Orthogonal Basis
In this chapter, we will do the filtering operation on an orthogonal basis which
needs a transform from hierarchical C° basis. We will explain the formulation in
following. Burgers equation written in a strong form is given by:
du 1 du2 ddt 2 dx e dx dx ’ (3.26)
If we examine the weak form of SVV term only, ignore boundary terms, we have
the following basic form of the SVV operator
<£■«£> (3.27)
where v is a test function from ij>k, and u = Y^k=i ^k^k = ^kVk- 4>k are basis
functions used for continuous Galerkin formulation, and ipk are orthogonal basis
functions span the same space as <j>k. i>k are test functions for (j>k-
54
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Let B be the matrix which transforms the model coefficients u for the basis
functions {(j)/.} to u in {(pk} space. Let F be a diagonal matrix which acts as a
filtering function(the diagonal entries of which are given by equation (3.25).
In the notation above, we have that u = Bu. We want to filter the coefficients
u instead of filtering the coefficients u. Hence we will transform to orthogonal space
and filter there, then transform back. This is accomplished as follows:
h = B _1FBu. (3.28)
We can rewrite this as expression u = 0 u where 0 = B XFB. The formula
(3.27) can be expressed as:
St B~1FB M -1 Su. (3.29)
where Sy = (</);, and M,;j = (</;,;, Since B _1 = M _1Br , the formula
(3.30) can be written as:
St M “1Bt F B M -1Su. (3.30)
This operator is a symmetric matrix, because
(s t M '1b t f b m ' 1s )t = s t m - t b t f t b m - t s
= St M “1Bt FBM “ 1S
using the fact that FT = F,M~~T = M~l . Also this oprator is positive semi-
definite, as
nr STM “ 1BTFB M “1Su
(B M '1Su)t F(BM “1Su)
e n , ((, = BM _1Su)
(3.31)
55
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Since F is a diagonal matrix in which all the diagonal elements are greater than
or equal to zero, so £r F£ > 0 for all £ of the form BM_1Su. Therefore the operator
of SVV term in weak form is positive semi-definite.
3.3.5 Dynam ic LES M odel
The dynamic model was first presented by Germano (1991) who proposed a
method for computing the coefficients of subfilter scale eddy-viscosity models as a
function of space and time. Detailed of Dynamic Smagorinsky method can be found
in appendix A.
Although the dynamic model is popular now, there are some problems associated
with the model. For Dynamic Smagorinsky model, cs can be negative, and this cor
responding to backscatter of turbulent energy, which means an energy transfer back
from small scales to the large ones. This may cause instability during computation.
For our dynamic SVV, we compute e at each time step according to the Smagorin
sky eddy viscosity model. In Fourier space, we average the viscosity y-profile over
all Fourier modes, and then apply it in all Fourier modes.
Vsmagjy)^ v i s
csA2|5(y)|1
Re*
56
e(l/) =
v sraag { y ) —
Vvis —
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0 5 10 1 5 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Figure 3.2: Gaussian Filter (left); exponentail Filter (right)
3.4 LES Results
There are several different filters for LES computation. First is Gaussian filter
defined as
_ . . - C 2 *m2Q(m) = e 24 (3 .32)
shown on left of figure(3.2), and Exponential filter is defined as
— m3Q(m) = e c * N a (3.33)
shown on right of figure(3.2).
3.4.1 Comparison to standard Smagorinsky M odel
First we compare our results with LES results using standard Smagorinsky and
Dynamic Smagorinsky model. Reynolds number is Re* = 180, and the mesh is
57
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Re* Re Domain DNS mesh LES mesh Mesh ratio
1 8 0 4 3 0 0 27r x 2 x 2n 1 2 8 x 1 3 0 x 128 4 0 x 6 5 x 4 0 21
6 0 0 1 8 0 0 0 27t x 2 x 7r 3 8 4 x 3 6 1 x 3 8 4 8 0 x 1 2 9 x 80 6 5
1 0 0 0 2 7 5 0 0 67T X 2 X 1.57T 7 6 8 x 5 2 1 x 7 6 8 1 2 8 x 1 9 3 x 1 2 8 9 8
Table 3.1: Simulation parameters for DNS.
40*41*40, with one element in the wall normal direction.
Figure(3.3) show that our SVV implementation has similar effect as standard
one, the mean velocity and fluctuations both improved. The difference is that we
add SGS stresses implicitly, and the viscosity has been averaged over all Fourier
modes. On each Fourier mode, the viscosity is same as averaged value.
Figure(3.4) and (3.5) show that we achieved similar or better results than stan
dard LES method in Reynolds stress and turbulent fluctuation. For Smagorinsky
model, the Cs = 0.005, and for Dynamic Smagorinsky model, we chose C = 0.05. We
observed that the mean velocity we obtained was similar to the standard implemen
tation, but since we added same viscosity in each Fourier mode, makes the difference
from standard models. We observed that the turbulent fluctuation increased, and
the Reynolds stress profile was a little bit larger than standard implementation. This
means we add more disturbation at high Fourier modes, which increase the energy at
these modes. Even the Reynolds stress becomes larger, we found that our turbulent
fluctuation are better than the standard implementation. These comparison suggest
that our implementation has a similar effect as standard method, and we will use
this code to do more investigation on LES using SVV.
Table 3.1 shows the simulation parameters for DNS and LES at different Reynolds
numbers. The mesh ratio show how much larger of DNS mesh to LES mesh at each
Reynolds number. The value of Re corresponds to \ jv in the present scalings.
58
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
b
b
Figure 3.3: Mean Velocity, 40 x 41 x 40. Smagorinsky SVV, Solid line: DNS on
128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV, Cs =
0.005; dashdot line: standard Smagorinsky model, Cs = 0.005 (upper); Dynamic
Smagorinsky SVV, Solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS,
one element; dot line: LES using SVV (C=0.125); dashdot line: standard Dynamic
Smagorinsky model (below)
59
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
■0.1
- 0.2
-0.5
-0.(
■0.7
0 50 100 150
- 0.2
> -0.4
- 0.6
50 100 150
Figure 3.4: Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128;
dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV, Cs = 0.005; dashdot
line: standard Cs — 0.005 (left), Dynamic Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on
128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV
(C=0.125); dashdot line: standard (0.125) (right)
60
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
Eoc
0.5
150100y+
2.6
2.4
2.2
+<flEcc
0.4
0.2
50 150100
Figure 3.5: Turbulence fluctuation. Smagorinsky model, solid line: DNS on 128 x
130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using SVV, Cs — 0.005;
dashdot line: standard Cs = 0.005 (upper), Dynamic Smagorinsky model, solid line:
DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dash line: coarse DNS, one element; dot line: LES using
SVV (C=0.125); dashdot line: standard (0.125) (below)
61
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Re* Domain LES mesh Elements in y Smagorinsky Dynamic Smagorinsky
180 2 tt x 2 x 2 tt 40 x 65 x 40 1 Cs = 0.005 C=0.05
180 2 tt x 2 x 2 tt 40 x 65 x 40 2 Cs = 0 .0 1 C=0.075
600 27t x 2 x 7r 80 x 129 x 80 2 Ca = 0.005 C=0.02
1 0 0 0 37t x 2 x 1.57r 128 x 193 x 128 2 Cs = 0.012 C=0.028
Table 3.2: LES runs at different Reynolds number.
Table 3.2 shows the LES runs at different Reynolds numbers. The detailed statis
tics will be reported in following.
3.4.2 LES results at low Reynolds number
Next we investigated the LES by SVV results on single element and multiple elements
in wall normal direction. The mesh is 40 x 65 x 40 with single or two elements in the
wall normal direction. Since DNS uses 128 x 130 x 128 mesh points, the LES mesh
has about 1/20 the number of points as compared to the mesh of DNS.
1. Single element in the wall normal direction
Similar to what we did before, we present the statistics of incorporating standard
and Dynamic Smagorinsky with SVV methods.
Figure(3.6) to (3.8) show that the SVV effects are quite similar in mean velocity
and Reynolds stress profile. Adding SGS stresses in all polynomial modes seem to
give better results in turbulent fluctuation profile, but this is not always true. As
before, we found that Reynold stress increased a little bit, which is consistent with
62
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
b
Figure 3.6: RE* = 180. Mean Velocity. 40 x 65 x 40, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs = 0.005.
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128 dashed line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=0; dotted
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2 (upper);
Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.05. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed
line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using
SVV, Cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted: LES
using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)
63
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- 0.1
- 0.2
V -0.4
-0.5
-0.750 100 150
- 0.1
-0.2
-0.3
= -0.4
-0.5
- 0.1
-0.7
0 50 100 150
Figure 3.7: R E * = 180. Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, Cs — 0.005),
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2 (left);
Dynamic Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, C — 0.05), solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES
using SVV, cutoff—1; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (right)
64
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
+«£cc
0.5
100 150y+
2.5
+<fl£oc
0.5
50 100 150y+
Figure 3.8: R E * — 180. Turbulent fluctuation. 40 x 65 x 40, Smagorinsky SVV,
Cs =0.005, solid line: DNS on 128x130x128; dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0;
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutofF=2
(upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.05, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted:
LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)
65
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
IV)>
y y
Figure 3.9: RE* = 180. SVV viscosity (40 x 65 x 40, one element): Smagorinsky,
Cs = 0.005 (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky, C = 0.05 (right)
adding SVV terms at high modes. Corresponding viscosity of Smagorinsky SVV
and Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV are shown in Figure(3.9). The SVV viscosity is
normalized with fluid viscosity at Re* = 180, which is 1/4300. The peak value of
normalized SVV viscosity is only about 0.5, which means that compared to the fluid
viscosity, the SVV viscosity is not too big. The statistics though has been improved
quite a lot. In this case, we found that when adding SVV terms in more polynomial
modes, the statistics becomes much better.
2. Multiple elements in the wall normal direction
Figure(3.10) to (3.12) show that SVV methods achieved better statistics of tur
bulence than adding SGS terms in all modes. The best cutoff number is 2 and 3,
for standard and Dynamic Smagorinsky models, respectively. This proved that SVV
has some advantages over standard implementation of adding SGS stresses. The
SVV viscosity added in two elements is larger than that in one element, and this
makes the Reynolds stress a little bit larger. This is consistent with previous results.
Figure(3.12) shows the SVV viscosity with two elements in wall normal direction.
66
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
20
Figure 3.10: Mean Velocity. 40x65x40, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs = 0.01.
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=3; dash-dot dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (upper); Dynamic
Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.075. solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line:
coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)
67
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- 0.2
3 -0-4
- 0.6
0 50 100 150
- 0.2
*A
£ -0.4 V
500 100 150
Figure 3.11: Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, two elements, Cs = 0.01),
solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=3; dash-dot dotted: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (left); Dynamic
Smagorinsky (40 x 65 x 40, two elements, C = 0.075), solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x
128; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line:
LES using SVV, cutoff—1; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot
dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (right)
68
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.42.2
+o>EOC
0.80.6
0.40.2
10050 150
3.2
2.62.42.2
+toEoc
0.60.40.2
100 150
Figure 3.12: Reynold Stress. 40 x 65 x 40, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV,
Cs = 0.01, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128; dashed line: coarse DNS; dot
ted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=l; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long
dashed: LES using SVV, cutoff=3; dashdotdot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (up
per); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C=0.075, solid line: DNS on 128 x 130 x 128;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff—0; dash-dot line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=l; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted
line: LES using SVV, cutoff=3 (below)
69
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
JrU>
y
&Ms«>
y
Figure 3.13: SVV viscosity. Smagorinsky (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky (right)
3.4.3 LES R esults at high Reynolds number
Finally we investigate the SVV method at high Reynolds number, Re* = 600 and
Re* = 1000. The mesh are 80 x 129 x 80 and 128 x 193 x 128 respectively, with
two elements used in wall normal direction. Same as before, standard and Dynamic
Smagorinsky models have been incorporated into SVV method.
(1). Re* = 600
Figure(3.14) to (3.16) show that the SVV method gives better results. For the
standard Smagorinsky model, the best cutoff number is 6; while for the Dynamic
Smagorinsky model, the best cutoff number is 4. DNS has been done on 384 x 361 x
384 mesh, which is only about 65 times larger than the LES mesh. Our LES results
are very similar to DNS results. This indicates that our SVV implementation of LES
can be used at high Reynolds number LES simulation. The SVV viscosity is shown
in Figure(3.17).
70
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
20
y*
20
Figure 3.14: Mean velocity. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Cs = 0.005. Smagorinsky
SVV, solid line: DNS on 384*361*384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dash-dot dotted line:
LES using SVV, cutoff=4 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C = 0.02, solid line:
DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=4 (below)
71
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- 0.2
> -0 4
100 200 300+ 500400 600
-0.2
+A>3V
-0.6
1000 200 300 500400 600
Figure 3.15: Reynold Stress. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV, Cs =
0.005, solid line: DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dashdotdot line: LES
using SVV, cutoff=4 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV C = 0.02, solid line: DNS
on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, cutoff=0;
dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV, cutoff=4
(below)
72
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.4
2.2
+coEOC
0.6
0.4
0.2
200 400 600100 300 500y+
2.6
2.4
2.2
+MEoc
0.6
0.4
0.2
200 400 600100 300y+
500
Figure 3.16: Turbulent fluctuation. 80 x 129 x 80, two elements, Smagorinsky SVV,
C8 = 0.005, solid line: DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line:
LES using SVV, cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; dashdotdot line:
LES using SVV, cutoff=4(upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, C — 0.02, solid line:
DNS on 384 x 361 x 384; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV,
cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using
SVV, cutoff=4 (below)
73
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
£ 07> 0.5
y
&§
y
Figure 3.17: SVV Viscosity. Smagorinsky, Cs = 0.005 (left); Dynamic Smagorinsky,
C=0.02 (right)
(2). Re* = 1000
We will also give the results at Re* = 1000. The mesh is 128 x 193 x 128, with
two elements used in wall normal direction. Same as before, standard and Dynamic
Smagorinsky models have been incorporated into SVV method.
Figure(3.18) to (3.20) show that the SVV method gives better results. It is
very obvious that all LES simultation give better results than coarse DNS. For the
standard Smagorinsky model, the best cutoff number is 6; while for the Dynamic
Smagorinsky model, the best cutoff number is 4. DNS has been done on 768 x
521 x 768 mesh, which is only about 97 times larger than the LES mesh. Our LES
results are very similar to DNS results. The SVV viscosity is shown in Figure(3.21).
Although the maximum value of viscosity is about the same, in Smagorinsky model
the viscosity has a sharp peak in the near wall region.
74
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
20
b
20
Figure 3.18: Mean velocity. 128 x 193 x 128, 2 elements, Cs — 0.012. Smagorinsky
SVV, solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line:
Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: Cutoff=2; long dashed line: Cutoff=4; dash-dot dotted line:
Cutoff=6 (upper); Dynamic Smagorinsky SVV, solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768;
dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: Cutoff=2; long
dashed line: Cutoff=4; DashDotDot line: Cutoff=6 (below)
75
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
-0.2
+A>3V
- 0.6
200 400 600 800
-0.25
> -0.5
-0.75
200 400 600 800y+
Figure 3.19: Reynold Stress. Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elements,Cs = 0.012),
solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using
SVV, Cutoff=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff—2; long dashed line: LES
using SVV, Cutoff=4; dashdotdot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=6 (upper); Dynamic
Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elements,C = 0.028), solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x
768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=0; dash-dot line:
LES using SVV, Cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV, CutofF=4 (below)
76
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.62.42.2
wEoc
0.60.40.2
200 400 800600y+
2.75
2.5
2.25
1.75+</>Eoc
1.25
0.75
0.5
0.25
400 800200 600
Figure 3.20: Turbulent fluctuation. Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elements,Cs =
0.012), solid line: DNS on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line:
LES using SVV, Cutoff—0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2; long dashed
line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=4; dashdotdot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=6 (up
per); Dynamic Smagorinsky(128 x 193 x 128,2 elements,C = 0.028), solid line: DNS
on 768 x 521 x 768; dashed line: coarse DNS; dotted line: LES using SVV, Cut-
off=0; dash-dot line: LES using SVV, Cutoff=2; long dashed line: LES using SVV,
Cutoff=4 (below)
77
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
&'(A8M>
y
w>
y
Figure 3.21: SVV Viscosity. Smagorinsky,^ = 0.012(left); Dynamic Smagorinsky,
C=0.028(right)
3.5 Summary
We have investigated a new approach for LES simulation using Spectral Vanish
ing Viscosity (SVV) Method. Fourier Id Spectral Element method has been used
for discretization. In order to increase stability, the SVV terms have been imple-
mentated implicitly, and in corporated with standard Smagorinsky and Dynamic
Smagorinsky models. Using standard Smagorinsky or Dynamic Smagorinsky model,
the viscosity added is variable across the channel, which is different from standard
SVV method. Through this way, the viscosity can be determined according to local
flow information, which is more reasonnable than the constant value need before.
Comparing to standard LES models, SVV approach has the SGS terms only
added to high modes in coefficient space, no low modes have been touched. But
through change of small scales of channel turbulence, the mean statistical quantities
have also been improved indirectly.
Detail statistics have been compared with DNS results and standard LES results
at both low and high Reynolds number. At low Reynolds number, we found that the
78
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
advantage of SVV is more obvious, while at high Reynolds number SVV produce
similar results as standard implementation. The results are encouraging, and it
shows that SVV method is an efficient way to do LES. More work need to be done
in this direction.
79
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4
Large Eddy Simulation in
Complex Geometry
4.1 Background
Most tests of Large Eddy Simulation so far have been done for channel flow, but the
most interesting applications involve flows in complex geometries. The finite volume
and finite difference methods have been used in this area, as they are relatively
easier to implement in complex geometry. Spectral and Spectral element method
have achieved great success in Direct Numerical Simulation of channel turbulence
because of its high accuracy. The LES work reported in the earlier chapter was done
in channel flow using a spectral element method in one direction. Few LES works
have been done using 2d or 3d spectral element methods.
Unstructured spectral/hp finite elements is a high-order scheme with the capa
bility of efficient discretization of complex geometries. It incorporates both multi
domain spectral methods based on the ideas of A.T. Patera and B.A. Szabo. Poly
nomial spectral methods were first introduced by Gottlieb & Orszag (1977) and have
80
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
been covered in Canuto et al. (1987) and Boyd (1989). They have been extended to
their present unstructured form by Sherwin & Karniadakis (1995). The concept is
simple, the solution is approximated by a series of polynomials, the order of which
can be chosen arbitrarily. Implementation of this method is complicated, but it
does show very useful properties. They reach convergence either by increasing the
elements or by increasing the order of polynomial. This method provides spectral
convergence, which mean that the error decrease faster than exponential rate. Yet
this method has not been used in LES simulation too much so far. As mentioned
before, my work continue the efforts of previous LES efforts, see [70, 64, 8].
4.2 LES methods and implementation
The method is similar to LES using Fourier Spectral Element method in Chapter 3.
The difference is the NS equation been solved in (m,y,n) space, but now it is been
solved in (x,y,n) space. m,n are Fourier modes, and y is in physical space.
4.2.1 Standard SV V m ethod
Our work is different from Mike Kirby[70] in following several points:
1. SVV term in z direction has been only added to high polynomial modes;
2. Using wall damping function in channel flow;
3. SVV terms in (x,y) plane have been only added to high Fourier modes.
In order to use SVV, we have to filter high polynomial modes. Simlar to what
we have done in the earlier chapter, we transform the velocities to an orthogonal
basis, then do the filtering there, and finally transform back to the original basis. In
81
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
our implementation, this only needs to be done in the first several time steps for the
SVV method. Because the viscosity term added in the SVV method is constant, and
it does not change with time. But for Smagorinsky model, since the viscosity added
is a viariable both in space and time, this transformation between orthogonal basis
and original one needs to be done at each time step in theory. As the time step we
use is quite small, and the flow structure will not change too much over a few time
steps, we have done the transformation every 20 time steps in our simulation. This
will speed up the code.
4.2.2 Smagorinsky M odel
The idea is similar to that in the earlier chapter. Instead of adding constant viscoity,
we evaluate it by Smagorinsky model, which is based on the local stress in the flow.
This locally adds a larger viscosity in the high shear rate region, and less viscosity
in the other regions.
There is an additional difficulty for LES using the Spectral Element method.
All the concepts and techniques of LES have been developed under a structured-
grid formulation. In finite volume, finite difference or spectral method codes, the
definition of the subfilter model relies on length scales that are based on the grid
spacing. Using unstructured spectral elements, the model has to be modified in order
to take account of the order of accuracy of the calculation and the triangular shape
of the element. In this chapter, only the Smagorinsky model had been used to do
LES.
The choice and application of a subfilter model is very important. The subfilter
length scale ls = c,s A needs to be defined in a manner that is consistent with the
LES formulation, and incorporates the properties of spectral elements efficiently. A
filter width is proposed of the form
82
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.5
-0.5
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
Figure 4.1: Mesh for Re* = 180 (x,y) plane
A = (A (^ )2A z) ^ (4.1)
where P is the polynomial number of the expansion basis used and A is the
area of the triangle. Equation(4.1) is proportional to the ’volume’ of the prismatic
shaped element used in nektarF. The triangular plane is resolved using spectral
elements, while the third direction is resolved using Fourier series. The length of the
prismatic, Az, is the distance between the Fourier planes, while the height and base
of the triangle, used in calculating the area, A, of the triangle, are converted by the
term tt/P , according to equation(4.1) of Gottlieb & Orszag (1977).
The computed viscosity has been averaged over Fourier planes in z direction,
which is different from the channel case, where we average the viscosity over x and
z directions.
83
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
R e’=180,48*49*48
Smagorinsky, Cs=0.005Solid-----------No filterD ash-----------Filtering a tP - 4
0.4
0o(0>0.2
-0.5 0.5y
Figure 4.2: Viscosity profile at Re* = 180, Smagorinsky model, Cs = 0.005, Chan
nel code, Solid line: No filter; Dash line: Filtering all polynomial coefficients of
Smagorinsky viscosity larger than 4 to zero
4.3 Channel Flow
We use 4 elements in (x,y) plane, each element has 25 points. This makes total mesh
49 x 49 x 48. In order the verify the correctness of nektarF with SVV, we also run
the channel code with 48 x 49 x 48 mesh, and compare the results.
First we plot the viscosity profile using same Smagorinsky constant Cs = 0.005.
In figure (4.2), the dash line corresponds to the viscosity profile with filtering at
polynomial order 4. This means setting the coefficients of polynomial order larger
than 4 to be zero. In figure (4.3), the two curves correspond to the viscosity before
and after applying wall damping. Without damping, the viscosity has a large value
on the wall, but it decreases to zero after damping. This is very important to avoid
instability when doing the LES simulation.
Next, we want to check if doing DNS on these similar mesh will give similar
84
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
00 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Figure 4.3: Viscosity profile at Re* = 180, LES Smagorinsky model, Cs — 0.005,
nektarF
statistics.
Then we use Smagorinsky model to compute viscosity across the channel in both
codes, and compare the statistics results. Figure (4.5) show the comparison of them.
We can see they are close to each other, which confirm that our implementation is
correct. We can see streamwise fluctuation increase while spanwise and wall normal
fluctuations decrease, whichmake them closer to the DNS results.
Based on this result, we continue to test adding viscosity only at high polynomial
modes, and compare the results. Figure (4.6) gives the results, and it also shows the
effects are quite similar on both codes.
At last we compare the LES results using Smagorinsky model. We apply a
Phanton function as wall function in each code, and constant C=12.0. Cs = 0.005.
We can see both of them have been improved using Smagorinsky model.
85
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
i/i£cc
0.5
100 150
Figure 4.4: Coarse DNS turbulent fluctuations at Re* = 180, Solid line: Channel
code; Dash line: NektarF code
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
00 50 100 150
Figure 4.5: Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 180 using SVV, e = 0.5, MN=0, MNF=0.
Solid:Channel code; Dash:nektarF code
86
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
</>£cc
0.5
100 150
Figure 4.6: Turbulent fluctuation at iie* = 180 using SVV, e = 1.0, MN=3, MNF=3.
Solid line: Channel code; Dash line: NektarF code
2.5
0.5
100 150y+
Figure 4.7: Turbulent fluctuation at ife* = 180 using Smagorinsky model, Cs =
0.005, MN=0, MNF—0. Solid line: Channel code; Dash line:nektarF code
87
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5
0
■5
-10 0 10 20
Figure 4.8: Mesh for Re=3900 Full mesh
4.4 Cylinder Flow
We do not use wall function in the computation of cylinder flow.
4.4.1 Verification of D N S at R e=3900
Figure(4.8) shows the mesh we use for Re=3900, and figure(4.9) shows the local
mesh around the cylinder.
Figure(4.10) show the drag and life coefficients at Re=3900. C,i = 1.0 and
Cl = 0.1, St=0.2045 which match the results of X. Ma et al [92].
We also compare mean and fluctuation U velocity profile with results from [64].
88
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 4.9: Mesh for Re=3900 Local mesh around cylinder
0.8
0.6
0.2
- 0.2
3925 3930 3935 3940 3945t
Figure 4.10: Drag and lift coefficients for Re=3900
89
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Prom these, our results match his data quite well.
Prom all results above, our simulation produce similar results as before. We will
investigate flow at Re=10,000 below.
4.4.2 D N S and LES at R e=10,000
Figure(4.13) shows the mesh we use for Re= 10,000, and figure(4.14) shows the local
mesh around the cylinder.
Figure(4.15) shows the viscosity computed from Smagorinsky model, with Cs =
0.005 at R,e=l 0.000 using the mesh of 6272 elements.
Table4.1 shows the simulation parameters in each simulation. As the speed of
NektarF is not very fast right now, the results we obtained so far only averaged over
short time period, and they are still not converge yet.
We show the drag and lift coefficent history, Reynolds stress contour for case I,VI
and VII in following figures. They are similar to each other, and LES results show
some improvements.
We also compare the mean streamwise velocity and velocity fluctuation profile of
u and v at x=2,5,10 with DNS data which use 9272 elements. At some position, LES
results do show improvement than DNS result on 6272 Elements. But as the time
average period is not too long right now, so we still need more careful investigation
on LES simultaion.
90
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
7.5
5.5
4.5
o
2.5 x -1 .54
0.5
-0.5
y
x-2 .02
= 0.4
0.2
-4 ■2 0 2 4y
Figure 4.11: Mean and flucuation velocity profile at x—1.06,1.54,2.02 and 3 for
Re=3900. Solid line:George Karamanos’s results; Dash line: our results
91
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
X=1Q
X“ 7
x=4
0.5
y
0.3
0.25
0.2
§0.15
x - 7
0.1
0.05
x=4
-0.05
y
Figure 4.12: Mean and flucuation velocity profile at x=4,7 and 10 for R,e=3900.
Solid line:George Karamanos’s results; Dash line: our results
92
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Y
P X
20
10
0
10
20
-20 0 20 40
Figure 4.13: Mesh for Re=10,000 Full mesh obtained from Steve Dong
1
V :. . ■ !'■ ' '■ ■ i
P ' 7 ' ~r-~.v.. ■ ■■
H 'v yy : / 1
■'
; ..I-
Figure 4.14: Mesh for Re= 10,000 Local mesh around cylinder
93
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vis: 0.665901 1.85823 5.18548 14.4703 40.3802
X
Figure 4.15: Viscosity contour for Smagorinsky Model at Re=10,000
Case K P M L z / ( ttD ) Cs or e c d - c p St CLNor berg - - - - - - - 0.202 0.394
Williamson - - - - - - 1.112 - -
Gopalkrishnan - - - - - 1.186 - 0.193 0.384
I 6272 5 64 1.0
ooII 1.06 1.114 0.211 0.5
II 6272 5 64 1.0 e = l /P 1.16 1.22 0.207 0.51
III 6272 5 64 1.0 e = 1 1.3 1.52 0.211 0.53
IV 6272 5 64 1.0 Cs = 0.005 1.24 1.27 0.2 0.53
V 6272 5 64 1.0 Cs = 0.05 1.2 1.0 0.248 0.45
VI 6272 5 64 1.0 e = l /P
MN=MNF=2
1.15 1.23 0.213 0.5
VII 6272 5 64 1.0 Ca = 0.05
MN=MNF=2
1.25 1.1 0.203 0.55
Table 4.1: Simulation parameters for flow pass cylinder at Re=10,000.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 4.16: Experiment Reynolds Stress from A. Ekmekci[36]
95
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Level 1 41 81 121 161 201p: -1.1335 -0.7335 -0.3335 0.1265 0.5265 0.9265
0.6
0.4
0.2
- 0.2
- 0.4
-0.6
■ 4 ■ L. i t I I I I I-0.80.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.4
X2.2
0.8
0.6
° 0.4 T3O
0.2
730 740 750t
Figure 4.17: Case I. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history (lower)
96
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Level 1 41 81 121 161 201p: -1.1335 -0.7335 -0.3335 0.1265 0.5265 0.9265
0.6
0.4
0.2
>.
- 0.2
- 0.4
- 0.6
-0.8 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.4 1.6 2.2X
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.2
0
- 0.2
- 0.4
730 740 750t
Figure 4.18: Case VI. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history
(lower)
97
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- 0.5 A)18?
j L.0.5
_i I I Ll_
1.5
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
° 0.4TS° 0.2
0
-0.2
- 0.4
-0.6
725 730 735 740 745 750t
Figure 4.19: Case VII. Reynolds Stress (upper); Drag and lift coefficient history
(lower)
98
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.9
0.8
0.7
"=> 0.6
0.5
- D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I— L ES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI
L ES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E
0.4
0 .3
0.2
y
0.9
0.8
0.7
- D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I' " LE S , 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI
LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII D NS, 9 2 7 2 E
0.6
0.5
y
0.9
0.8ED x=10
0.7
D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I L ES, 6 272 E, C a s e VI L ES, 6 272 E, C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E
0.6
0.5
y
Figure 4.20: Averaged streamwise velocity profile at x=2,5,10 for Re=10,000.
99
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.6- D NS, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I
LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII D NS, 9 2 7 2 E
0.5
0.4
x=2£ 0.33
0.2
0.1
y
0.4DNS, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII DNS, 9 2 7 2 E
0.3
x X\v>E 0.2
0.1
y
0.3D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI LES, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E
0.2 x=10
ViE
0.1
y
Figure 4.21: Fluctuation U velocity profile at x=2,5,10 for Re—10,000.
100
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- D N S, 6 2 7 2 E , C a s e I L E S , 6 2 7 2 E , C a s e VI
L E S , 6 2 7 2 E , C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
(A
§ 0.4>0.3
0.2
0.1
y
- D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I L E S , 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e Vi
L E S , 6 2 7 2 E , C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E
0.6
0.5
0.4
§ 0.3 x=5
0.2
0.1
y
0.5D N S, 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e I LE S , 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VI LE S , 6 2 7 2 E, C a s e VII D N S, 9 2 7 2 E0.4
0 .3 -(0E>
0.2
V /0.1
y
Figure 4.22: Fluctuation V velocity profile at x—2,5,10 for Re—10,000.
101
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
4.5 Summary
We have extended our LES works on Triangle spectral element discretization. Both
channel turbulence and flow pass cylinder have been investigated, and encouraging
results have been obtained. At first we compare the LES results using SVV at Re* =
180, similar trends have been gotten. With same Smagorinsky constant Cs, similar
viscosity profile has been obtained. Both standard SVV and Smagorinsky model
have been implemented in two codes, and results have been compared with each
other. In channel flow, using same Smagorinsky constant Cs, they both decreased
vrms and wrms, but increased urms. In cylinder flow, adding small e or Cs will
not change the flow too much, but large values do make change of the flow. Using
Smagorinsky model, the viscosity has been added only in the wake region behind
the cylinder, where the flow has much more variation. In the region away from the
cylinder, the added viscosity is nearly zero. This performance is more reasonable
than standard SVV method to do LES simulation. Due to the speed of NektarF
code, the result we obtained for flow past cylinder are still not converged yet, and
more investigation need to be done in this direction.
102
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5
Simulation Methods for
Bubbles/Particles in Channel
Flow
In the following chapters we investigate the effects of microbubbles on the dynamics
of turbulence in a channel flow. The first step in this chapter is to set out the
simulation procedures used to include the bubble phase in the turbulence dynamics.
The presence of the bubbles and their influence on the flow is represented by the
force-coupling method (FCM) introduced by [89] and developed by [88] and [78].
5.1 Background Review
Several research groups have been doing experiments on micro-bubble drag re
duction since the 1970’s [93, 81]. Up to the present date, 70% drag reduction has
been reported. However, it is hard to reach such result in numerical simulation,
103
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
because it is quite difficult to model the interaction between bubbles and turbu
lence. We were the first to report up to 10% drag reduction by a DNS method
[134]. Since then, other research groups have reported numerical simulations of
micro-bubble drag reduction. The group at Worcester Polytechnic Institute (WPI)
are using front-tracking methods to investigate large deformable bubbles. With this
detailed resolution of individual bubbles they focus on dynamics of a small number of
bubbles, at relatively low Reynolds number [80]. Ferrante and Elghobashi [38] from
University of Carlifornia at Irvine are interested in turbulent boundary flow using
a mixed Lagrangian-continuum model for the bubbles. The bubble phase is limited
to low void fractions. Professor Ceccio’s group at the University of Michigan have
recently conducted a series of high Reynolds number flow experiments with micro
bubble injection in a flat-plate boundary flow, at flow speeds up to 18 m/sec. Their
results are consistent with earlier results and a preliminary report of their results are
given in [114]. One specific feature that they note is that the near wall concentration
is very important to drag reduction and that as bubbles disperse away from the wall
drag reduction is lost. This is the issue of persistence of drag reduction. We have
also been collaborating with the Applied Research Laboratory at Pennsylvania State
University where turbulence simulations based on Reynolds-Averaged Navier Stokes
(RANS) models of microbubble flows have been developed and tested [75].
Our goal for the simulations is to investigate small, finite size bubbles at mean
ingful void fractions. Bubble radius a is in the range a+ = 10 — 40, and we assume the
bubbles to be spheres without deformation. This is an appropriate assumption when
the bubble size is small. The following sections describe FCM method, simulation
procedures and provide test results for verification/validation.
104
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5.2 Simulation Method
As in [134, 135] and [91], the coupled two-phase flow dynamics of the micro-bubbles
and the turbulence is simulated by the force-coupling method (FCM), described in
[88 , 78] and [77]. Fluid is assumed to fill the whole flow domain, including the
volume occupied by the bubbles. The presence of each bubble is then represented by
a finite force monopole (and optionally a force dipole) that generates a body force
distribution f (x, t) on the fluid. This transmits the resultant force of the bubbles on
the flow to the fluid. The volumetric velocity field u(x, t) is incompressible
V • u = 0 (5.1)
and satisfies
P j ^ = -V p + pV2u + f(x,f), (5.2)
where /i is the fluid viscosity and p is the pressure.
The body force due to the presence of Ng bubbles isn b
f(x,l) = ^ F W A (x - Y W (l) ) (5.3)n ~ 1
where is the position of the n,th spherical bubble and is the force the nth
bubble exerts on the fluid. The force monopole for each bubble is determined by the
function A(x) which is specified as a Gaussian function
A(x) = (27rcr2)_3,/2 exp(—x2/2ct2) (5.4)
and the length scale a is set in terms of the bubble radius a as a/a = y/rr. The velocity
of each bubble (t) is found by forming a local average of the fluid velocity over
the region occupied by the bubble as
V (n)(i) = | u (x ,t)A (x -Y w (t))d3x (5.5)
The dynamics of the bubbles and the fluid are considered as one system where
fluid drag on the bubbles, added-mass effects and lift forces are internal to the
105
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
system. The equations of fluid motion are applied to the whole domain, including
the volume nominally occupied by the bubbles. In this way the body forces induce
a fluid motion equivalent to that of the bubbles. If mp and mp denote the mass of
a bubble and the mass of displaced fluid, the force of the bubble acting on the fluid
is
Fw = ( m B - m f ) ( g — ) (5 . 6)
This force is the sum of the net external force due to buoyancy of the bubble and the
excess inertia of the bubble over the corresponding volume of displaced fluid. For
the present study we exclude the effects of buoyancy and the mass of the bubble is
neglected.
In addition to the forces specified a short-range, conservative force barrier maybe
imposed to represent collisions between bubbles and prevent overlap. A similar
barrier force maybe imposed, normal to the wall, to represent collisions between a
bubble and a rigid wall [27].
A spectral/hp element method [67] has been used to solve for the primitive vari
ables u, p in the Navier-Stokes equations for the channel with rigid walls at x -2 = ±h.
Periodic boundary conditions are applied in the other two directions with dimensions
L\ x L3. A uniform mean pressure gradient —dP/dx\ is applied in the streamwise
direction and adjusted continuously to ensure that a constant volume flow rate is
maintained.
These FCM equations can be solved analytically for conditions of Stokes flow,
where they give good results for the motion of isolated particles, particle pairs, and
suspensions of particles at void fractions of less than 20% as shown by Maxey & Patel
(2001) [88]. The results are also reliable for unsteady flow conditions, matching those
obtained from particle-tracking equations such as [90]. The results have been tested
at finite particle Reynolds numbers, up to 40, by doing comparison with full direct
numerical simulations. [30] and [78] provided comparisons with experiments at low
to moderate Reynolds numbers for systems of one to three particles again with good
106
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Mirror
10 mm
150 mm
Figure 5.1: Experimental Setup
general agreement. The method does not resolve flow details near the surface of a
bubble or particle, and indeed the no-slip condition is not satisfied on surface. Only
the constraint (5.5) that the bubble moves with velocity of the surrounding fluid is
imposed. At distances of about half a particle radius from the surface the flow is
well represented.
5.3 Validation and Verification
5.3.1 Validation
We validated FCM method and the present implementation by comparing simu
lation results with experiments in Lomholt Ph.D. thesis [79]. Details of the experi-
107
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ments may be found in [78]. Briefly the setup for these experiments is shown in figure
(5.1). The setup consists of a rectangular channel made in transparent PVC with
height Li = 150mm, width L 2 = 10mm, and depth L3 = 100mm. Thus, the aspect
ratio of the channel is L3 /L 2 = 10. The numerical model described above is therefore
a good approximation for particles moving in the center part (40mm < x% < 60mm)
of the channel. The fluid was a mixture of glycerol and water in order to keep the
viscosity high enough to obtain low Reynolds numbers (Rep < 10). The particles
were polyamid spheres with a radius of a = 1mm, thus the ratio of particle radius
to channel width was a/L 2 = 0.1. The particles were introduced into the channel
through five small holes in the bottom, and since the density of the polymer particles
was smaller than the fluid density, the particles moved upwards toward the top of
the channel.
The motion of the particles was recorded by a standard CCD camera placed in
front of the channel. Therefore the motion in the x \x 2 plane is captured immediately.
The motion in the x\x?, plane is captured using a mirror placed on the left side of
the channel at an angle of 45°. The single video camera captures the motion in
both directions with 25 whole frames per second. The movie is saved either on video
tape or directly into a hard-disk. The particle trajectories are determined afterwards
using the tracking software Diglmage (Dalziel (1992)). The particle positions were
determined as the weighted average of the intensities from the bright particle. In this
way the positions were determined with an accuracy better than 0.1mm. Diglmage
also computes the particle velocities from the time dependent trajectories. The error
on the results for the particle position are 1 0 .1mm and for the particle velocities it
is ± 0 .1mm/s.
Based on experiment results, we will verify simulation results of a single sphere
falling or rising due to buoyancy in the channel. The experiment is a sphere rising
in an inclined channel, where the computed trajectories and velocities are compared
with the above experimental results.
108
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The investigations presented in this section were initiated in order to see if the
force coupling method was able to reproduce trajectories and velocities of a real
particle. Furthermore, the inclination of the channel made it possible to study the
effect of the wall, since the sphere will move across the channel toward one of the
walls. The experiments were performed with the channel tilted an angle 9 from
vertical (the top of the channel is moved to the left). The experimental data are
given in table 5.1.
The Reynolds number Reptokes based on the Stokes settling velocity W is deter
mined as
Re,Stokes 2aW 2 a v
2 a29 - ( * - « ) 9
4a39^2
Pp
Pf- 1 9 (5.7)
where g = 9.82m/s2 is the absolute value of the gravitational acceleration. The
particle Reynolds number Re™ax is based on the maximum velocity of the sphere in
the stream-wise direction, i.e.
2a\V{aax\R,eT'x = (5.8)
Values of some of the important parameters used for the simulations are given in
table 5.2. The characteristic length was set to L = = 10mm and the characteristic
velocity to U = lOmm/s. The nondimensional radius of the particle was a = 0.1.
Exp. no. Pf (g/cm3) Pp (g/cm3) 9(°) v (mm2/s) j^gStokes Re™ax
1 1.237 1.081 11.15 172.7 0.019 0.015
2 1.222 1.081 8.08 95.24 0.056 0.044
3 1.180 1.081 8.08 18.52 1.07 0.84
4 1.115 1.081 8.23 3.125 13.6 7.9
Table 5.1: Experimental values for a single particle rising in an inclined channel.
109
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Exp. no. L\ x L2 x L3 Ni X n 2 X n 3 St R e = ^ L 11
1 10 x 1 x 8 64 X 65 X 64 0.10 0.58 982.0
2 5 x 1 x 4 64 X 65 X 64 0.02 1.05 982.0
3 5 x 1 x 4 64 X 65 X 64 0.02 5.40 982.0
4 5 x 1 x 4 64 X 65 X 64 0.01 32.0 982.0
Table 5.2: Computational parameters for the single particle rising in an inclined
channel. The characteristic length L = L2 = 10mm and the characteristic velocity
U = lOmm/s.
For all the results presented in this section, the figures will have the following
common format. The particle trajectory is shown in subfigure (a), while the stream-
wise and the wall normal particle velocities are shown in subfigures (b) and (c),
respectively. The positions and velocities are given in the frame of the experimental
channel in mm and mm/s. The full drawn line shows the computational results with
the monopole term, while the dashed line denotes prior results from S. Lomholt. The
experimental results are shown as (•). The straight upward line drawn at x2 = 4
indicates the wall, i.e. when the center of the sphere is at x2 = 4 the particle touches
the wall. The straight line shown as dash-dot in the figures corresponds to the
direction of gravity in the frame of the channel.
In figure (5.2) the results for Re"'ax = 0.0145 are presented. The agreement
between the computed and the experimental trajectories is good, and simulation
results using only force monopole term also matches Lomholt’s computation quite
well. Closer to the wall (x2 > 3) the computed trajectories deviated from the ex
perimental, and Lomholt’s computational spheres moves through the wall (x2 > 4).
The reason is the lack of a collision model. When the sphere approaches the wall,
a collison force or velocity builds up between the sphere and the wall. During this
build-up, the collision force or velocity slows down the sphere and ultimately the
lateral motion of the sphere is stopped (see also the section 5.5). A comparison
110
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
I
/
0.8
/0.6
0.4
0.2
t n n l i i n l i i i i l ' i i i l i i i i l i m t
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
(b)
0.3
0.2
>
0.1. ‘i
55
11'*1'11111'1,111 '*'''' *-1 0 1 2
y3 4
Figure 5.2: Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a) and
velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for Re™ax = 0.0145.
(•) Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term, (— —) S. Lomholt’s monopole
only. The line (— ■ —) indicate the direction of gravity in the frame of the channel.
The particle positions are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame
of the experimental setup.
I l l
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
between the computed velocities and the experimental velocities is more difficult,
because of the scatter in the experimental data. The scatter is due to experimental
uncertainties, since the velocities are small and therefore relatively difficult to mea
sure. For example the normal velocity component figure(5.2c) is of the order of the
limit for the experimental accuracy of about O.lmm/s. Nevertheless, the agreement
is reasonably good. The initial steep increase in the computed velocities, is due to
the initial velocities of the computational spheres being zero. Since we compute the
particle velocity from the fluid velocity field, resulting from the force the particle
exerts on the fluid, it is not possible to specify an initial velocity of the particle.
When the computational sphere is introduced, it will almost immediately attain the
velocity of a sedimenting sphere. This is a result of neglecting the particle inertia.
Therefore the curves in figure (5.2b) and (5.2c) initially appears as a step function,
but they are continuous.
Figure (5.3) shows a comparision at Re™ax = 0.044 and essentially the computed
trajectory and velocities agree with the experimental and Lomholt’s results. Again
there is same scatter in the velocity measurements. This is observed from the figures
of the upwards velocity figure in (5.2b) and (5.3b), and for the lateral velocity in
(5.2c) and (5.3c).
The two examples presented above were both at Reynolds number small enough
to be considered as approximations to Stokes flows. The results are consistent with
the Stokes flow results. Namely, that for distances larger than the sphere radius,
the force coupling method performs very well, and it is able to reproduce the par
ticle trajectories and velocities both qualitatively and quantitatively. For distances
smaller than the sphere radius the collision forces are not negligible and as a result
the discrepancy increases.
In the next two examples the Reynolds number is increased in order to examine
the effect of the convective inertial terms.
112
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
■1 0 1 2 3 4 5
2.5
0.3
0.2
0.5
■ 1 1 4 5 ■10 1 2 3 4
y y y
Figure 5.3: Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a) and
velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for R.e™ax = 0.044. (•)
Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term, (---- ) S. Lomholt’s monopole only.
The line (— • —) indicate the direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The
particle positions are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup.
113
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
/
-J5
y y
1.4
1.2
(c)
0.8
>0.6
0.4
0.2
iiiliiiiliiiiliiiilini\
Figure 5.4: Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a) and
velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for Re™ax = 0.84. (•)
Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term, (---- ) S. Lomholt’s monopole only.
The line (— • —) indicate the direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The
particle positions are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup.
The first higher Reynolds number example with Re™ax = 0.84 is shown in
figure(5.4). The first thing to notice is the very good agreement of the computed
trajectory with the experimental trajectory. The trajectories are almost identical
until the particle collides with the wall, where the computational particle continues
its lateral motion through the wall. Comparing the normal particle velocities in fig
ure (5.4(c)) with those in figure (5.2(c)) and (5.3(c)) the profile of the velocity curve
has sharpened, because of the larger maximum in the center of the channel.
The final example in this section is shown in figure (5.5). The particle Reynolds
number for this case is R.e"IMX = 7.9. Again the computed trajectories and velocities
114
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
>25
1.75
/.25
3 7
).75
0.5
).25
J5
iJ5
y y
Figure 5.5: Comparision of experimental and computed particle trajectory (a) and
velocities ((b) upward and (c) lateral) in an inclined channel for R,e"MX = 7.9. (•)
Experiment, (-) FCM with the monopole term, (---- ) S. Lomholt’s monopole only.
The line (— • —) indicate the direction of gravity in the frame of the channel. The
particle positions are given in mm and the velocities are in mm/s in the frame of the
experimental setup.
agree well with those observed experimentally and Lomholt’s results. Furthermore,
the difference between the two computations is larger than in the three previous
examples. The velocities from the two computations differs not only near the wall,
but also in the middle of the channel. When the particle Reynolds number becomes
larger, the nonlinear effects comes into flow, and it is more difficult to predict the
bubble motion and velocity.
115
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5.3.2 Verification
Next we compare simulation results with some theoritical solutions, these cases
can be found in Lomholt and Maxey [77, 41] and [42], Two configurations will be
tested, they are bubbles moving parallel to the wall and perpendicular to the wall.
1. Parallel to the wall
We simulate a sphere in 3D channel, which has dimensions of 30 x 10 x 30 in
figure(5.6), and sphere radius is 1. The sphere falls down at the center of channel
because of gravity, the velocity increases with time, until it reaches a constant value.
This value is the Stokes velocity of a bubble falling in a static fluid if there is no wall
nearby, but in our cases it is smaller than the Stokes velocity.
In this simulation, we have V\jWs = 0.8214949019, A = F/(6irfj,aVi)) = 1.2173.
The particle does not rotate, and the local volume-averaged rate of strain is:
! —5.825686455e - 9 -1.976289423e - 10 7.807779895e - 11 ^
—1.976289423e - 10 6.457138716e - 09 1.171208893e - 08
7.807779895e - 11 1.171208893e - 08 5.266018229e - 09 ;
Here the non-zero rate of strain represents a relatively small error. This may be
corrected by including a force dipole term.
Increasing the resolution doesn’t affect these results, which match those obtained
previously.
The pressure and velocity profiles at different location nearby are shown in figure
(5.6) and figure (5.7).
116
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Pressure profiles
I
Figure 5.6: Configuration (left), Bubble pressure(right)
Profiles parallel to wall Wall normal profiles
Y-2aY-a
_Y
1
Figure 5.7: Bubble velocity: u(left), v(right)
117
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Pressure profiles
Figure 5.8: Configuration (left), Bubble pressure(right)
2. Perpendicular to the wall
Next we simulate a sphere in 3D channel, falling down towards the wall of the
channel due to the gravity. The velocity will become zero, until it reaches a constant
value. The stokes velocity of a bubble falling in a static fluid.
In this simulation, we have V\/Ws = 0.4906803882, A = F/(6ir(j,aVi)) = 2.037986.
Particle does not rotate, The rate of strain eij is:
( 0.00143011315 1.278958745e - 08 1.236229578e - 08 ^
1.278958745e - 08 -0.0007139948814 3.056193238e - 09
1.236229578e - 08 3.056193238e - 09 -0.0007275386888 y
5.4 Flow Analysis
The flow simulations are based on the volumetric velocity field u(x,f), which is
incompressible (5.1) and so ensures that the volume occupied by each phase, and
the mass of each phase, is conserved. Outside a bubble, in the liquid phase, u(x, t)
118
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Profiles parallel to wall Wall normal profiles
Y-2aY-a
1
Figure 5.9: Bubble velocity: u(left), v(right)
computed with FCM is a good approximation to the liquid phase velocity. Inside a
bubble the volume-average of u(x, t) matches the bubble velocity. For each bubble,
one conventially defines an indicator function x(x -1)- x(x? t) = 1 if the point is inside
the bubble and x(x, t) — 0 if the point is outside the bubble.
For each bubble the function
-m FA(x - YW) (5.9)
serves as an indicator function. From these quantities, the more familiar continuum
field variables of two-phase flow can be constructed for any single instantaneous
realization of the flow. The instantaneous bubble concentration isN bI
c(x,i) = - 5 ] m FA (x -Y W ).P 71=1
(5.10)
The ensemble-averaged profile for the bubble void fraction is defined as
NbC(x2,t) = / - Y1 ™fa (x - y W ) \
\ P 77=1 /(5.11)
and here the angle brackets indicates a spatial average over the homogenous direc
tions Xi,X%.
The instantaneous mixture momentum density, equal to the momentum density
119
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
of the liquid phase,Ng
pui(x, t) - Y2 m Fv}n A(x - Y w ) (5.12)n ~ 1
is determined by the momentum deficit associated with the bubble phase. We can
form a conditional, bubble-phase velocity field v(x, t) as
i n b
cvi(x,t) = - ^ 2 mFVin^A(x - Y ^ ) (5.13)P n = 1
where 0. It is straightforward to verify from these definitions the bubble-phase
conservation lawdc— + V • cv = 0 (5-14)at
The liquid-phase density is p(l — c(x, t)) and the conditional, liquid-phase velocity
field w(x,t) is defined from (5.12) and (5.13) as
p(l - c(x, t))w(x, t) = pu(x, t) - pcv(x., t) (5.15)
provided the liquid-phase density is not zero. Again it is straightforward to verify
the usual liquid-phase mass conservation law. In contrast to the volumetric velocity
field u(x, t), both v(x. t) and w(x. t) are compressible.
5.5 Collision Model
In order to keep bubbles away from each other and wall, we need to use either a
force collision model or a velocity collision model, see [27].
In the turbulent flows we found that the force-barrier method was slow to respond
adequately to prevent overlapping bubbles and become numerically stiff. Instead we
adopted a velocity barrier. The motion of each bubble is computed as
= V (") (t) + + V $ (5.16)
120
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The additional term vffi is the bubble-collision velocity and represents the effect of
short-term contact forces between bubbles and similarly represents the effect
of bubble contact with a wall. It is important to include these collision or contact
effects in order to maintain the bubble void fraction. Details of these short-range
interactions are given by [27].
The bubble collision velocity for a pair of bubbles is defined in terms of the
seperation vector between the centers of the two bubbles, i tij = and
rij = the force barrier has following form:
t ‘l = ljp ~,2* ref T ref ij2a l&ref-4a2
2^ . . ,ri K. Ri
, otherwise(5.17)
And the velocity barrier has similar form:
Vref 2 a ref •4a2 irij < Rref
, otherwise(5.18)
\^lJ is the collision velocity for bubble i from bubble j. The collision velocity Vc''
is the sum of all the terms from other bubbles.
From the wall collisions, is directed away from the wall and is set by the
distance from the wall in a manner similar to (5.18).
Figure (5.10) shows the collision velocity at different bubble separation distances.
In the simulations Rref= 1.2*2a is used and Vref = u*. Tests were made for other
values, but there was no significant difference.
121
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
12
10
8
6
4
2
00 0.5 1.51 2 2.5
Figure 5.10: Collision Model
5.6 Parallel Implementation and Benchmarks
A spectral/ h/p element method [67] has been used to solve for the primitive variables
u ,p in the Navier-Stokes equations for the channel with rigid walls at x? = ±/t.
Periodic boundary conditions are applied in the other two directions with dimensions
L\ x L?l. A uniform mean pressure gradient —dP/dx\ is applied in the streamwise
direction and adjusted continuously to ensure that a constant volume flow rate is
maintained. The bulk velocity is kept constant, Ub = 2/3. At Re* = 135, the
domain size is 27T x 2 x 2ir with a numerical resolution of 64 x 65 x 64. Dealiassing
schemes are used to evaluate the nonlinear terms. At Re* = 380 the domain size is
27r x 2 x 7r and the resolution is 256 x 241 x 256.
5.6.1 Parallel Im plem entation
Since we will simulate high Reynolds number turbulent bubble flow later, the
code must be parallelized. For the fluid simulation, we decomposed the domain in
the streamwise direction. For the simplicity of bubble parallelization, on each CPU,
we kept information of all bubbles. When we need to evaluate the bubble velocity
122
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
and compute the bubble force exerted on the fluid, we just compute them in the
respective region on each CPU. For the bubble velocity, a global summation needs
to be done, in order to get the correct bubble velocity. Figure (5.11) shows the
sketch of bubble parallelization. The velocity of the bubble in CPU 2 needs to be
calculated by a summation of the local velocity in CPU 1 and CPU 2.
o ' — - *
UJ
;1111
*
O______ i
C P U 1 C P U 2 C P U 3 C P U 4
Figure 5.11: Bubble Parallelization
5.6.2 Benchmarks
We benchmark the code at Re* = 135 with 800 bubbles and at Re* = 380 with
9100 bubbles. The machine we use is Iceberg, which is an IBM SP4 located at Arctic
Region Supercomputer Center (ARSC).
At Re* = 135, without bubbles, each time step took 1.05 seconds on 8 CPUs.
The mesh is 64 x 65 x 64, and the domain size is 27r x 2 x 2ir. When adding 800
bubbles of radius a+ = 13.5, each time step took 1.47 seconds on 8 CPUs. The time
spent on bubble computation is 0.42 seconds, which is about 40% of the no-bubble
123
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
simulation for one time step. Of the time for the bubble simulation, the force steps
which evaluates the force the bubbles exerts on the fluid takes about 0.21 seconds,
and the other processing steps takes about 0.2 seconds. The other processing includes
evaluating bubble velocity, bubble statistics and balance calculation. The interesting
thing is the time for bubble collisions is not too much, only 0.0005 seconds, which is
about 0.05%.
At Re* = 380, without bubbles, each time step took 16.486 seconds on 128
CPUs. The mesh is 256 x 241 x 256, and the domain size is 2?r x 2 x 7r. When
adding 9100 bubbles of radius a+ = 13.5, each time step took 22.986 seconds on 128
CPUs. The time spent on the bubble computation is 6.5 seconds, which is about
39.4% of the time for no-bubble simulation for one time step. Of the time for the
bubble simulation, the force step takes about 4.12 seconds, and the other processing
steps for the of bubbles takes about 2.68 seconds. The interesting thing is that the
time for bubble collisions is not large, provided we split the domain into more small
boxes to check for collisions.
5.7 Summary
Prom the above verification and validation, we know that FCM can be used correctly
to prescribe the bubble motion in both Stokes flow and finite Reynolds number flows.
In the present work we represent the bubbles with just the force monopole term
although there is the option of including higher-order dipole terms. These additional
terms would improve the accuracy of the results for the motion of individual bubbles
or particles. There are several reasons why we choose not to do this at this stage.
Firstly, we wish to investigate the so-called “density effect” of the bubbles on the
flow separately from other factors. The dipole terms would give the additional effect
of an enhanced suspension viscosity. Further, the dipole terms enforce a stronger
constraint of a rigid spherical bubble as opposed to the effect of the monopole term
124
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
alone. Some degree of bubble deformation, even if small, is likely. Finally, we are
interested in the bulk response of the turbulence to the presence of the bubbles and
less in the dynamics of individual bubbles. The force monopole simulatios involve
lower computational costs and allow us to investigate separate dynamical processes
in a manner that would not be directly possible in full-scale experiments..
125
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6
Microbubble Drag Reduction
The quest for ‘taming’ turbulence with the objective of reducing the skin-friction on
air- and sea-vehicles as well as in gas- and liquid-carrying pipes has been pursued for
more than a century. This has led to many proposals for drag reduction techniques
including microgrooves, polymer and microbubble injection, and electromagnetic
and acoustic excitation, see [40, 13]. The use of microgrooves or riblets mounted on
the wall surface has proved to be effective in partially suppressing turbulence and
reducing skin friction by about 5% to 10%, see [7, 21]. Transverse oscillations and
traveling waves, induced mechanically or electromagnetically, can lead to turbulent
drag reduction of about 50% as reported by [62, 35]. Injection of high molecular
weight polymer solutions or gas bubbles in the near-wall region of a liquid boundary
layer can result in turbulent drag reduction of more than 70%, see [110, 32, 108].
Closed-loop, active control of turbulence has also been successful in reducing
turbulent drag but requires a system sensors and actuators for implementation. A
theoretical example is provided by the technique of ‘opposition control’ proposed
by [20, 52], Opposition control employs a sensor plane at y+ = 10 — 25, where
the wall normal velocity is measured and opposing inflow/outflow velocity boundary
conditions are imposed at the wall so as to give an effective zero wall normal velocity
126
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
at each point in the sensing plane. The level of drag reduction is about 26% at
Re* = 100 but drops to 19% at Re* = 720, as reported by [17]. The level of drag
reduction is also sensitive to the location of the control plane.
Recently, there has been a renewed interest in the polymers and microbubbles
fueled by the new emphasis in the USA and Japan in developing fast ships with
cruising speeds of 50 to 100 knots. It is estimated that this goal could possibly
be accomplished if at least 50% skin-friction reduction can be sustained. Practical
application of these techniques, however, has hinged on two still-unresolved issues.
The first one is the loss of persistence of drag reduction downstream of the injection
port observed by [82, 114]. The second is related to the large storage and especially
preparation of the injectant, which is particularly problematic for polymers. It seems
that between the two, microbubble drag reduction may have the greater potential,
and it has been used already in sea tests in Japan by [132, 73].
Among the most successful and robust methods for drag reduction in a turbulent
boundary layer has been the injection of gas micro-bubbles into the liquid flow.
This phenomenon was first demonstrated by [93] and subsequentially verified in a
series of experiments by [81, 82]; see also the review article of [95]. More recent
experiments have been reported by [69] and [49]. In most of the experiments, gas is
injected through a porous plate mounted on the wall of an open boundary layer flow
or one side of a channel flow. The injection of the micro-bubbles leads to significant
drag reduction, as measured by the frictional wall stress, over a significant distance
downstream of the injection site. Reductions of 20-30% are readily achieved, and
there is a nearly linear increase in the drag reduction, up to 50 or 60%, as the relative
gas flow rate is increased.
There are some preliminary results on bubble simulations by [63]. They have
reported numerical simulations of bubbly, turbulent channel flow where the flow is
seeded with 27 bubbles of diameter 0.16 in a unit cube flow domain and average void
fraction of 6%; however, their results are inconclusive.
127
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Many factors undoubtedly contribute to the observed dynamics of micro-bubble
drag reduction. These may include void fraction levels, bubble size, bubble deforma
tion, bubble splitting or coalescence, buoyancy and correlations between the bubble
motion and that of the turbulent fluctuations not to mention the way in which the
bubbles are injected into the flow. In this chapter we seek to focus on a simpler,
limited set of issues most relevant to the influence of the smaller bubbles. Specif
ically for small micro-bubbles, surface tension has a strong effect and the bubbles
remain essentially spherical. This is characterized by the Weber number, which for a
bubble of radius a in a turbulent channel flow may be defined in terms of the friction
velocity scale u* and fluid density p as We = pu*2aj7 , where 7 is the coefficient
of surface tension. The value of We is small for micro-bubbles under a range of
operating conditions. Additionally, small bubbles in water, especially in seawater,
tend rapidly to become coated with surface contaminants. As a result, it is often
observed that a small bubble will respond approximately as a rigid body, see [83, 23]
and [31]. The effect of surfactants though on bubble dynamics is still an open issue
as illustrated by the recent work by [140].
The current work is motivated by the experimental work on microbubble drag
reduction over the last thirty years, see [32] and references therein. Even though
there is a substantial body of experimental data, many fundamental questions remain
about the underlying mechanisms for drag reduction. Various models have been
proposed by [76, 96, 85] that focus on the change in effective density and viscosity
of the bubble-liquid mixture. These results are instructive but shed little light on
the dynamics or the interactions between the bubbles and the turbulence. Most
importantly, they do not address the question of lack of persistence in drag reduction.
In this chapter we consider the effects of bubble seeding levels, bubble size and in
teractions with the turbulent flow. We present results of direct numerical simulations
of a turbulent channel flow that is seeded with small, rigid, spherical bubbles up to
an average void fraction of 10%. The monodisperse bubbles are initially distributed
128
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Simulation I II Ilia Illb IIIc IV V
a/h 0.05 0.075 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.3
a+ — au*/v 6.75 10 13.5 13.5 13.5 20 40.5
Nb 7200 2450 800 800 1600 242 60
Average void fraction 4.8% 5.5% 4.24% 4.24% 8.5% 4.3% 8.6%
Bubbles per layer 3600 1225 400 400 400 121 30
Layers near X2 /h = — 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1
Layers near x^/h = 1 1 1 1 0 2 1 1
First layer position, y^ 8.1 10.8 20 20 20 25 50
Reduction in mean drag 5% 10% 6 .2% 3.8% 5.5% 2.5% 0.5%
Table 6.1: Simulation parameters and drag reduction.
in layers near each wall and then dispersed in the channel under the action of the
turbulence. The drag force on each wall, corresponding changes in mean pressure
gradient, and void fraction profiles are calculated. The results provide clear evidence
of drag reduction produced by the smaller bubbles, based on these assumptions.
6.1 Low Reynolds Number Flow
The simulations cover a range of bubble sizes, with radius a/h=0.05,0.075,0.1,0.15
and 0.3, and with average void fractions range from 4% to 8%. We explored both the
effects of bubble seeding positions and bubble size. The parameters of the different
simulations and result summary are listed in Table 6.1. In the third set of simulations
(Illa-IIIc), the effect of the initial seeding level was tested for the smaller bubbles.
The bubbles were introduced in layers of 400 bubbles each, with the centers of the
bubbles in the first layer at a distance of yf} = 20 from the wall. In simulations
Illb and IIIc, a second layer was placed adjacent to the first, at a distance y+ = 54
from the wall. The mean drag force is computed by integrating the mean viscous
129
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
shear stress over each wall. The mean drag force averaged over the time interval
t = 10 - 40, or t+ = 61 - 243, is compared to the mean drag in the flow without
bubbles and the results are listed in Table 6.1. The results for simulations Ilia and
IIIc both show a significant degree of drag reduction but the additional second layer,
and the higher average void fraction, does not enhance the effect. Seeding bubbles
near to just one wall, as in Illb, yields about half the overall level of drag reduction.
There was no significant change in the mean wall stress on the opposite wall. Based
on these results we focus on seeding the flow with a single layer adjacent to each
wall.
6.1.1 Fluid characteristics
1.05
0.95
100t
Figure 6.1: Normalized drag force against time t at Re* = 135 for: 1, no bubbles;
2, 242 bubbles and a+ = 20; 3, 800 bubbles and a+ = 13.5; 4, 2450 bubbles and
a+ = 10 .
By comparing the results of simulations II, Ilia and IV with the corresponding
results for the flow without bubbles, we can see the effects of using different size
of bubbles. The larger bubbles are supposed to have a more limited response to
130
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1.05
o>
0 .9 5
0 .9 100 15 0t
Figure 6.2: Normalized drag force against time t at Re* = 135 comparing random
to near-wall seeding of 800 bubbles of size a+ = 13.5: (solid), no bubbles; (dots),
random seeding; (dash), near-wall seeding.
the turbulence. Firstly, there is the effect of spatial scale as the bubble velocity is
influenced most by turbulent fluctuations on a scale larger than the bubble diameter.
Secondly, the inertial response time of a bubble increases with bubble size, roughly
as a2. The integrated, viscous drag force on the two walls is shown in figure (6.1),
where the results are normalized by the mean drag force in the flow without bubbles.
For the two smaller sizes, II and Ilia, the drag force shows a sustained reduction
following an initial transient stage, with the bubbles of radius a+ = 13.5 clearly being
more effective for the same average void fraction. The larger bubbles (IV) show a
short term decrease in the drag force before it increases to a larger than ambient
level.
We can see that initially adding bubbles will lead to drag reduction. The smaller
size of bubble, the more drag reduction can be reached. However, after about 100
time units, drag reduction will be lost and the drag returns to the no-bubbles level.
When bubbles are seeded in the near wall region they disperse under the action
131
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
of the turbulence. The number of bubbles close to each wall decreases and the
number of bubbles in the central region increase, eventually tending to uniformly
dispersed distribution of the bubbles. We compare the drag history for 800 bubbles
of radius a /h= 0.1 that are initially dispersed uniformly throughout the channel to
the drag history for bubbles seeded in concentrated layers near each wall, case Ilia.
The results are shown in figure (6.2). The random seeding leads to a brief transient
reduction in drag, but in the long term there is no significant reduction in drag.
These results show that there must be sufficient bubbles in the near-wall region to
achieve drag reduction.
In two-phase flow the mean pressure gradient is influenced by two factors. One
is the mean viscous drag force on each wall, while the other is the acceleration of the
bubble phase. The total volume-integrated flow rate in the channel
is held constant throughout the simulation, Qq = 167r2/ 3 . The volume-integrated
flow rate associated with the bubble phase is
where Qb is the volume of one bubble and pQs is the momentum deficit in the flow
domain due to the presence of the bubbles. The corresponding flow rate for the
liquid phase Ql is (Qo — Qn)- As the bubbles disperse from their initial locations,
under the action of the turbulent flow, they migrate from the relatively slow flow
regions near the walls to the faster flow in the core of the channel. This produces an
increase in Qb at least for some initial period as shown in figure (6.4).
A control-volume integral of equation (5.1) for the flow domain (L x 2 h x L) gives
the balance for the mean pressure gradient
(6 . 1)
£ a Bv}n) = Qb (6 .2 )n = 1
+ r w > - ^ , (6.3)
132
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
where t {—K),t {K) are the mean viscous shear stresses at each wall, averaged over
the plane of the wall. The pressure gradient required to sustain the flow is lower if
either the mean drag is reduced or the bubble phase is accelerating.
0.14
0.12
0.1
S.
0.04
0.02
0
t
2
0.14
0.12
0.1
S<JS
•0.08
0.04
0.02
o
t
Figure 6.3: Balance history at Re* = 135, a+ — 13.5 (left); a+ = 20 (right). 1-Wall
friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble acceleration; 4-Residue
0.18
0.14
0.12
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
Figure 6.4: Balance history for a+ — 40.5 at Re* — 135.
Further information is provided by considering the time variations of the mean
pressure gradient, shown in figure (6.3)(6.4) , for the bubbles of different size. While
the mean pressure gradient in the turbulent flow without bubbles fluctuates in time,
it remains stationary. The average value for the smallest bubbles, after an initial
transient, is about 12-15% lower. The mean pressure gradient for the largest bubbles
(V) is reduced for an interval before returning to the ambient level, or higher.
133
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
The largest bubbles, (V) a+ = 40.5, show a somewhat different trend. Left figure
(6.4) shows the various components of the force balance. Initially, the pressure
gradient decreases in response to the net acceleration of the bubble phase where
dQ [j / dt > 0. Over the second half of the simulation, Qb decreases while the pressure
drop returns back to the no-bubble level. While the drag curve seems only to decrease
slightly, and does not show such variation.
Figure (6.5) shows the mean and conditional mean bubble velocity profiles for
a+ = 13.5 averaged over t = 50 — 80. The conditional mean velocity is not zero at
the wall, which is different from the mean velocity. Over most of the channel, the
average streamwise velocity of the bubble lags behind that of the total flow. This
time-interval average was chosen for case Ilia to give better statistical resolution
and because the drag history remained relatively stable. The bubble concentrations
(shown later) also show small changes.
0 .7
Ao.v* 0.6V A3V
— - <u>/<c> <U>, with b u b b les
<U>, n o b u b b les
0 .5
0 .4-0.6 -0 .3 0 .3 0.6
Figure 6.5: Mean and conditional mean velocity profiles for a+ = 13.5 averaged over
t = 50 - 80.
Figure (6 .6) shows the corresponding time-average of the Reynolds stress, which
134
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
decreases by adding micro-bubbles. This is consistent with drag reduction achieved
at this Reynolds number. Figure (6.7) also shows the same trend as the Reynolds
stress, turbulent fluctuations decrease by adding bubbles. It is also found that for
smaller sized of the bubbles where a larger decrease of turbulence fluctuation will be
achieved.
0.001
0 .0 0 0 5
0
-0 .0 0 0 5
- 0.001
■1 -0 .5 0 0 .5 1
Figure 6 .6: Reynolds stress profile for a = 13.5 averaged over t = 50 — 80. Solid
line is turbulent flow without bubbles
The results so far indicate that the initial seeding of the bubbles in the flow has
an important effect on the pressure gradient and viscous drag force. The large bub
bles give a transient reduction in drag history while the smaller bubbles give a more
sustained reduction in drag. A further indication of how the flow is modified by the
bubble phase is provided by the short-time averaged profiles of the unconditional
Reynolds shear stress, computed from the flow field u(x, t). These are plotted in
figure (6 .8) and (6.9) for bubbles of radius a+ = 13.5 (Ilia) and a+ = 41 (V) respec
tively. The Reynolds stresses, averaged over the four time intervals, for (Ilia) are in
general lower than the corresponding stresses for the turbulence without bubbles. In
contrast the Reynolds stresses for the larger bubbles (V) are in general higher than
the single phase turbulence.
135
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
EDC
0.5
-0 .5 0 .5
Figure 6.7: RMS profiles compared for a+ = 10,13.5. a+ = 13.5 has been averaged
over t=50-80, and a+ = 10 has been averaged over t=50-65
0.001
0 .0 0 0 5
-0 .0 0 0 5
■0.001
-0 .5 0 .5y
Figure 6 .8 : Reynolds stress profiles averaged over different intervals for case (Ilia):
(1) No bubbles; (2) t = 0-10; (3) = 10-20; (4) t = 20-30; (5) t = 30-40.
136
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.001
0 .0 0 0 5
■0.0005
■0.001
-0 .5 0.5y
Figure 6.9: Reynolds stress profiles averaged over different intervals for case (V): (1)
No bubbles; (2) t = 0-10; (3) t = 10-20; (4) t = 20-30; (5) t = 30-40.
Figure (6.10) and (6.11) show the Rms fluctuations of vorticity, which have the
same trend as fluctuations of velocity.
§«£QC
3Vs<0E
QC
y
>t roa>EQC
y
Figure 6.10: RMS vorticity profiles averaged for t=50-80 for a+ = 13.5.
137
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
•N o b u b b le s- 2 4 5 0 a = 0 .0 7 5 b u b b le s , T = 5 9D a s h -
1.5
O,>'5f£(E
0 .5
-0 .5 0 .5y
Figure 6.11: RMS vorticity profiles at t=59 for a+ = 10.
Figure 6.12: Void fraction profiles for a+ = 13.5 (top) and a+ = 10 (bottom)
at:(solid), t = 20; (dash), t = 40; (dots), t = 60; (dash-dots), t = 80.
138
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.1.2 Bubble characteristics
Specific information on the bubble distribution across the turbulent channel is
given by the void fraction profile C{x2 ,t), evaluated by (5.11).
Figure (6.12) gives the mean concentration profile of the bubbles for a+ = 13.5
and a+ = 10, as the distribution evolves over time. Initial layers gives peak con
centration of cmax = 30.0% for 400 bubbles of a=0.1, and cmax = 51.7% for 1225
bubbles of a=0.075.
The figure indicates that the smaller bubbles disperse faster than larger bubbles.
This is consistent with the shorter inertial response time of the smaller bubbles
and the more limited spatial averaging to obtain the bubble velocity. There are
strong peaks of bubble concentration near each wall that reflect the initial seeding.
These steadily decrease as the bubbles disperse across the channel, tending to a more
uniform average distribution. The larger bubbles, (IV) a+ = 20, show very similar
trends. For both, there is still a noticeably higher void fraction nearer to each wall
even at t = 40. The value of Qb increases steadily over this time interval and through
the force balance (6.3) contributes to the reduction in the mean pressure gradient.
cot>Eu.■oo>
x2 x2
Figure 6.13: Void fraction profiles for random seeding of 800 bubbles, a+ = 13.5:
left, t = 20,40,60,80; right, long term average compared to theory.
139
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
When the bubbles are seeded randomly in the channel, the distribution of the
bubbles remain approximately uniform. Figure (6.13) shows the bubble concentra
tion profile at different times and average concentration profile compared to theoreti
cal value. The long time average matches theoretical value quite well. The constraint
of the wall means that the bubble center must lie between —0.9 < Y<i < 0.9. In the
ory, we have following expression where ^ = s/v:.
< C > Nb * 4tt * a3/ 3 1 [°-9
N b * a2 1/u.y
*/2
37T 2 h J - 0.9 y/2/•u.y i (x9- Y 9y j/ _ 0~ dv>
J - o . i(6.4)
The presence of the bubbles and their effect in modifying the volumetric flow
field is captured by the body force term f(x,t) in (5.3). This force represents the
excess of fluid inertia in the volume occupied by the bubble and corresponds to a
“density effect” of the bubbles. The force has an average effect on the mean flow,
Nb d V ^< / i > = < £ m F - ^ - A ( x - Y ( B>(f))> (6.5)
n —l
which will be non-zero in both streamwise and wall normal directions. Profiles for
the mean body force are shown in figure (6.14) and figure (6.15) for the two cases
a+ = 10 and a r = 13.5 averaged over t=50-65 and t=50-80 respectively. The
streamwise components of these force < f \ > is characteristically negative close to
each wall and positive in the core of the channel. The integrated value of < / i >
across the channel is propotional to dQs/dt, discussed previously in figure (6.4). It
is typically positive as bubbles disperse from the wall and accelerate with the mean
flow. Once the bubbles are uniformly dispered, Qb is constant and the integrated
value is zero. The wall normal component < > is directed away from the walls
and on average is an odd functions of X2 -
140
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
An initial estimate for < fi > is obtained by assuming statistical independence
of the variations in the bubble acceleration and the bubble position, so that
-d '0002
X 2
Figure 6.14: Force profile for a+ = 10 at Re* = 135 averaged over t = 50 - 65. Solid
line is < / >, Dash line is (6.8 and 6.9)
-SE-05
Figure 6.15: Force profile for a+ = 13.5 at Re* = 135 averaged over t = 50 — 80.
Solid line is < f >, Dash line is (6.8 and 6.9)
fix/. Nb< f i> ~ < - ^ >< ^ m jp A (x - Y (ra)(t)) >
n = 1
- < ¥ > „ < C > (6.6)
with both terms evaluated at corresponding positions. If the bubble is small enough it
responds almost as a Lagrangian tracer particle in the flow. The average acceleration
141
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
< > may then be estimated from the local fluid acceleration to give
dV, Du;< ~ d t> ~ < ~ D t >
= < UiU■* >
in a stationary turbulent flow. The combination of these estimates (6 .6) and (6.7)
suggests then that
< fi > ~ ~P < C > < - U \ U 2 > (6.8)A
< h > ~ p < C > — < u 22 > (6.9)
The Reynolds shear stress < —u\U2 > increases from zero at wall to a maximum
value at about y+ = 30 (for Re* = 135) and then decreases. Within this distance the
gradient is positive and (6.8) would predict a negative value of the force component
< f i >. In figure (6.14) and figure (6.15) the measured values of < f i > are compared
to the estimate (6 .8) showing a reasonable consistency of the results. The value of
< f i > in the core region are larger than (6.8) in part due to the net acceleration of
the bubble phase. Near the wall the values of < / i > are lower in magnitude than
predicted by (6 .8) and may reflect a limited response of the bubble to the turbulence.
Between the two bubble sizes the estimated value in (6.8) is larger at the wall for the
smaller bubble due to the larger local concentration, 9% versus 5.5%, and the closer
proximity of the smaller bubbles to the wall where the gradient of the Reynolds
stress is larger.
The wall normal component < fa > shows a good general correspondence to
the estimate (6.9) for both bubbles. The force is directed away from the wall as
the fluctuation levels < w, > increase from zero at the wall and reach a maximum
away from the wall. The location of this peak is further from the wall than for
142
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
the shear stress. The action of this force on average is balanced by a simple mean
pressure gradient and within a periodic channel will not modify the mean flow. It
may produc a weak “turbuphoretic effect” on the bubble motion, analogous to the
effect described by Brook et al (1994) [12].
6.1.3 Bubbles versus Particles
In order to further understand the influence of the “density effect” of the bubbles on
the turbulence, we compare the results to the effect of solid particles with a density
twice of the fluid. The force monople term for FCM is given by (5.3) and in the
absence of buoyancy,
F (n)(x,f) = - ( m p - m F) ^ (6.10)
With a dense particle, mp = 2m p, the force monopole term is equal in magnitude
to that of a corresponding bubble but of opposite sign. This reverses then the body
force distribution. Figure (6.16) compares drag history, normalized by the mean
drag for the base flow for the particles and bubbles. Both have radius a/h=0.1 and
are seeded initially with the same conditions at an average void fraction of 4.2%, as
in case Ilia. There is a clear indication of an increase in drag of about 3% for the
particles as opposed to the 6-7% drag reduction for the bubbles. The profiles of the
particle force < / > are shown in figure (6.17) for =20. At this stage the particles
are still concentrated close to the wall and this evident in the strong positive and
negative peaks of < f \ >. The basic trends are for a reversal in the profile of < / i >
with a positive peak near the wall and an overall negative value that contributes to
an increase in the mean pressure gradient needed to sustain this flow. The action of
the force < /2 > is reversed also with the force now directed towards each wall, the
components of the rms fluctuations of velocity, given in figure (6.18) are based on a
time average over t=20-40 and show a small increase for all the components.
143
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
S o lid - ___________D a s h — 6 0 0 a = 0 .1 b u b b le sD a s h D o t- — 8 0 0 a = 0 .1 p a r t i c le s
-N o b u b b le
1.05
0.95
0 10 20 30 40T im e
Figure 6.16: Drag history of adding bubbles and particles.
0.001
0.0005
-0.0005
- 0.001
-0.0015
•1 -0.5 0 0.5 1y
Figure 6.17: Force profile of adding particles
144
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
In summary we see that for particles as opposed to bubbles, the reversal of the
force profiles is linked to the increase in drag and the increase in the turbulence
levels.
S o l id — '- N o p a r t i c le s D a s h — 8 0 0 a = 0 .1 p a r t i c le s
0.1
0 .0 9
0 .0 8
0 .0 7
0 .0 4
0 .0 3
0.02
0.01
-0 .5 0 .5y
Figure 6.18: Comparation of Rms by adding particles or not
6.1.4 V isualization
Figure (6.19) and (6.20) show the streaks of turbulence and turbulence with bub
bles. The blue region, which corresponds to the low speed streaks, becomes larger
by adding 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles. This is due to the interaction of bubble and tur
bulence, the turbulent speed in the near wall region decreased due to the presence
of small bubbles.
We will use Q contour to visualize vorticity distribution. The second invariant Q
for the velocity gradient is defined as, Q = (dui/dxj)(duj/dxi). Figure (6.22) shows
the Q contour plane at Re* = 135, compared to figure (6.21), the vorticity decrease,
opposite to the increase of streaks. Near wall vorticity is connected with energy
production and transfer, decrease of vorticity will lead to the turbulence decrease,
then it cause drag reduced. This is consistent with drag reduction. Since there only
145
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 6.19: Re* = 135 at y+ = 5
z
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Figure 6.20: Re* = 135 at y+ = 5, 800 bubbles a+ = 13.5
146
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Q detection
0 0
Figure 6.21: Q contour at Re* — 135. Threshold is 0.1618
Q d e tec tio n
0 0
Figure 6.22: Q contour at Re* = 135 with 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles. Threshold is 0.1618
147
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
is 10% drag reduction, so the difference is not so obvious.
6.2 High Reynolds Number Flow
In the following sections we consider the effects of microbubbles seeding at higher
Reynolds number. This provides a greater degree of scale seperation between the
near-wall and buffer region dynamics and that of the core region of the channel. We
are able to simulate small size bubbles.
The mesh used is 256 x 241 x 256, the domain size is 2n x 2 x n. Reynolds number
is Re* = 380, based on friction velocity (u* = 0.038). 5t = 1/800. The initial flow
data comes from fully developed turbulent channel flow at this Reynolds number.
Drag history has been compared with no bubble case in the following.
The cases we have run are listed as follows:
1. 9100 a~ = 13.5 bubbles, seeding initially in the near wall region;
2. 3200 a+ = 19 bubbles, seeding initially in the near wall region;
3. 6400 a+ = 19 bubbles, seeding initially in the near wall region;
4. 9600 a+ = 19 bubbles, uniform seeding initially in whole channel;
6.2.1 Fluid characteristics
Figure (6.23) to (6.24) show the drag history of these 4 cases compared with no
bubble cases. It is clear that seeding bubbles initially near wall can reach about 10%
148
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
drag reduction. This effect is similar to what we found at Re* = 135. The uniform
seeding case can only have 3-4% drag reduction due to the lower concentration in
the near wall region.
o>5o
t
O) 13
t
Figure 6.23: Drag history for each wall at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles or = 13.5 (left);
3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right). Solid line is the mean drag for no bubble flow
Figure 6.24: Drag history at Re* — 380: 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles
a+ = 19 (right). Solid line is the mean drag for no bubble flow
Figure (6.25) to (6.26) show the pressure balance for these cases. We can see that
the residual term is around zero, which verifies that the pressure drop term balances
the wall drag and bubble acceleration terms. The acceleration of the bubbles as they
disperse from the wall reduced the overall pressure gradient. With uniform seeding
149
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Bal
ance
this effect is very small. For the no bubble case, based on the wall friction velocity
the equilibrium value is L\ x L3 x 2 x « 2 = 2-ir x tt x 2 x (0.038)2 = 0.05702.
$ 0 .0 3
-0.02L
t
0.02
t
Figure 6.25: Balance at Re* = 380, 1-Wall friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble ac
celeration; 4-Residue. 9100 bubbles o+ = 13.5 (left); 3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right).
t
0.06
«j0.03
t
Figure 6.26: Balance at Re* = 380, 1-Wall friction; 2-Pressure drop; 3-Bubble ac
celeration; 4-Residue. 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles a+ = 19 (right).
Since adding bubbles changes turbulent structures in the near wall region, tur
bulent statistics must also be changed. Figure (6.27) and (6.28) show the turbulent
fluctuations. The rms fluctuations are all reduced at higher void fractions, and the
most significant changes are in the core of the channel.
150
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Rm
s+ R
ms*
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0200 6000 400y
2.5
2
1.5(AEIT
1
0.5
0200 4000 600y+
Figure 6.27: Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 380, averaged for t=15-20: 9100 bubbles
a+ = 13.5 (left); 3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right)
2.5
2
1.5(AEDC
1
0.5
00 200 400 600y
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0,0 200 400 600y
Figure 6.28: Turbulent fluctuation at Re* = 380, averaged for t=15-20: 6348 bubbles
a+ = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles a ' = 19 (right)
151
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figures (6.27) and (6.30) show a comparison of the turbulent Reynolds stress.
They also show similar trends as the turbulent fluctuations. All these are consistent
with a drag reduction effect.
A>3V
-0.4
0 200 400 600y
0.5
A> 03V
-0.5
Figure 6.29: Reynolds Stress at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5, averaged for
t=10-12 (left); 3200 bubbles a ' = 19, averaged for t=15-20 (right)
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
A> 0 3V
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8 0 200 400 600y
0.5
+A > 0 3 V
-0.5
0 200 400 600y
Figure 6.30: Reynold Stress at Re* — 380, averaged for t=15-20: 6348 bubbles
a 1 = 19 (left); 9600 bubbles fth = 19 (right)
152
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
6.2.2 Bubble characteristics
Figure (6.31) and (6.32) show the concentration history, t=0-20. For case 1 and 2,
bubbles are distributed randomly in near wall region at the beginning, the concen
tration profile has a flat shape in the near wall region. With the time going, they
dispersed away from the wall. In case 3, bubbles are distributed initially in three
layers near each wall, and in case 4, bubbles have a uniform distribution in channel
from the beginning.
Figure 6.31: Concentration profile at Re* = 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5 (left);
3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right)
As for Re* = 135, there is a negative region in bubble force profile close to each
wall, which might contribute to the drag reduction effect. Here, force profiles are
obtained for t=20. Figure (6.33) and (6.34) show that the negative region is narrower
than that of Re* = 135, and the magnitude has decreased over time. Since the flow
is homogeneous in spanwise direction, < > is much smaller than < / i > and
< /2 >i about 10 times smaller.
We will check the balance of terms in more detail. In the streamwise direction,
after averaging in the streamwise and spanwise directions, the Navier-Stokes equation
R e * » 3 8 0 ,256*241*256 9 1 0 0 a = 0 .0 3 5 5 b u b b le s------------ t=0----------------t= 5.................. t=10----------------1=15-------------- ts2 0
R e ’= 3 8 0 , 256*241*256 3 2 0 0 a = 0 .0 5 b u b b le s ---------------- t= 0
y y'
is:
153
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
<F
x>,<
Fy>
,<F
z>
0 .1 4
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.1
0.09
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01-1 -0.5 0y 0.5 1
O 0.2
Figure 6.32: Concentration profile at Re* = 380: 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600
bubbles a+ = 19 (right)
y
lE -0.0004
-0.0012-1 -0.5 0y 0.5 1
Figure 6.33: Force profile at t=20 for Re* — 380: 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5 (left);
3200 bubbles a+ = 19 (right)
154
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.0004
a n 0.0002
V -0.0002
-0.0008
-0 .0 0 1 2-0.00125
Figure 6.34: Force profile at t=20 for Re* = 380: 6400 bubbles a+ = 19 (left); 9600
bubbles a+ = 19 (right)
dm dP d2m d , , ,<’-» = + + a ^ < ■ p “ , “ 2 > + < / i ( M > > ( 6 - n )
where U\ is the mean streamwise velocity, and
Nb (!Vnfi{x,t) = '£j m F—± - A { x - Y n) (6 .12)
n = 1
Consider the momentum f ^ h X2 2 Equation(6 .ll)dx 2 , so we have the following
balance: Lhs = Rhsl+Rhs2+Rhs3+Rhs4
Lhs f k> / xJ-h
2 dUl i~ ^ r d x 2 dt
= "I (6.13)
dP rhRhs 1 = — —— / x<2 'dx2dx i J-h
155
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
/ .h d2 U\X2 2^ odx 2
-h OX 2h dx 2 2= - h 2 [t ( / j ) + r ( —/ i ) ] + A ^ K U s (6.15)
r h q 2
Rhs3 = / X2 2-= o < -pU\U2 > dX2J - h OX2 1
r h
= - 2 x 2 < -pu\U 2 > dx2 (6.16)J —h
rhRhs4
l - h
r h
= / X 2 < f i > d x 2 (6.17)J —h
then we have following equation,
d f h „ o , <9P 2o 7 oP 2J U\X2 dx2 = - - ^ - h 3 - /i2[t(/i) + t(-/j)] + 4///jPb
/ h r h
2 x 2 < ~(ni\U2 > efcc2 + / Z22 < / i > £/x2(6.18)- / i J —h
Since we have
? 1 i fh7 = Zh{Tl~h) + T(,l)1 “ 2h l - h < h > i x 2 (6' 19)
dP 1dx
so we have
2 dx21 3 3 f h 3 Ch d-[r(h) + r(-h )] = - / /P B ~ 2 h? J h X 2 < ~Puiuz > dx2 “ J ■
+ ( ^ p / P22 < / l > dx2 - ^ / < / i > ck2) (6 .20)
156
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
No. Term Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4
I i[r(h) + r(-h)} 13.9e-4 14.3e-4 13.56e-4 13.75e-4
II 2e-4 2e-4 2e-4 2e-4
III ~ ,l '\ X'l < ~PulU2 > dx2 13e-4 12.1e-4 11.6e-4 11.7e-4
IV 4h J-h X ? 2 < f l > d x 2
~ \S -h < /l > d x 2
-0.16e-4 -0.2e-4 -0.46e-4 -0.19e-4
I-(II+III+IV) -0.94e-4 0.4e-4 0.42e-4 0.24e-4
Table 6.2: Balance check at Re* = 380 for t=20, Term I for the no bubble case is
14.55e-4
The term ^ - X 2 2 dx, 2 usually is very small, especially where the bubbles
have reached equilibrium. We compute J^h U\X2 2 dx2 versus time in figure (6.35) for
9600 uniform seeding bubbles (Case 4). It nearly is a straight line after t= 10 for
random seeding case, so the time derivative is nearly zero.
0 .4 j -
R e '= 3 8 0 , 2 5 6 * 2 4 1 * 2 5 6 9 6 0 0 R a n d o m s e e d in g a s 0 .0 5
0 .3 9 -
0 .3 8 -ADV*v
0 .3 7 -
0 .3 6
10t
15 20
Figure 6.35: Variations of f ^ h U\X2 1 dx2 for 9600 (a+ = 19) bubbles at Re* = 380
A comparison of the various terms in (6.20) is given in table(6.2). These values
157
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
are calculated at t=20 for each of the four different simulations. The darg (I) in
each case is lower than the average value for the no-bubble flow. The reduction is
linked mainly to the reduced values of Reynolds stress in (III). The direct effect of
< / i > in (IV) is small, and the residual term reflects errors and the effects of the
flow acceleration dU — 1/dt. The residual term is 5% or less.
An underlying question is the extent to which the bubbles respond to the tur
bulent fluctuations. Near the walls, the length scale for the turbulence is smaller
and comparable to or smaller than the bubble size. The bubble velocity is set by an
average over the bubble and this will reduce the response. In order to avoid compli
cations from the nonuniform distribution of the bubbles, we compare < Cv2 > and
< Cw2 > to the corresponding terms < C >< v2 > and < C >< w2 > for 9600
a=0.05 and 9100 a=0.0355 bubbles. They have similar shape, and bubble fluctuation
are lower than turbulent fluctuation, which is due to the finite bubble size.
1 ,256*241*256
'a 0.00015
y
aO.0001
y
Figure 6.36: Bubble Reynold stress at Re* = 380, 9600 bubbles a+ = 19: < Cv2 >
(left); < Cw2 > (right)
158
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
-0.5y
30 .0 0 0 1 5
A„ 0.0001
5E-05
y
Figure 6.37: Bubble Reynold stress at Re* — 380, 9100 bubbles a+ = 13.5: < Cv2 >
(left); < Cw2 > (right)
6.2.3 Dispersion
Figure(6.38) shows that the moments for the bubble positions < K>2 > and < >
change very slowly after t—10 for random seeding bubbles, in case 4.
0 .3 2
0.3
0 .2 8
0 .2 6
0 .2 4
0.22
A 0 2V0.18
VA 0 .1 6
N> 0 . 1 4
0.12
R e*=400, 256*241*256 960 0 uniform se e d in g a= 0 .05
0 .0 8
0 .0 6
0 .0 4
0.02
2015t
Figure 6.38: Dispersion for 9600 a+ = 19 bubbles at Re* = 380
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Case Time Max < C > Max < Cvw > < Cvb > at x+ = 300 Max < Cv >
I 5 0.15 0.0275 0.007 0.037
I 10 0.13 0.0175 0.005 0.024
I 20 0.09 0.0095 0.003 0.018
II 5 0.14 0.024 0.01 0.044
II 10 0.10 0.024 0.006 0.024
II 20 0.09 0.0095 0.003 0.013
III 5 0.28 0.072 0.028 0.044
III 10 0.23 0.056 0.017 0.03
III 20 0.17 0.034 0.01 0.024
Table 6.3: Dispersion data at Re* = 380
Bubbles with near-wall seeding are dispersed away from the wall by the turbu
lence. The bubble flux term < Cv > is non-zero and there is a mean drift of bubbles
from each wall. Dispersion leads to an eventual loss of drag reduction, which explains
the lack of persistence seen in experiments. Regardless of the dynamics contributing
to drag reduction the rate of bubble dispersion is critical to estimating persistence.
The following figures show < Cv >, < Cvf, > and < Cvw > profiles for case I,
II and III. From these figures, we can see that in the near wall region the bubble-
bubble collision term < Cvj > balanced the bubble-wall collision term < Cvw >.
The turbulent flux term < Cv > dominates in the center of channel, and decreases
as bubbles dispersed away from the wall. We also notice that there is a small peak of
bubble-bubble collision term < Cv^ > at y+ = 300. We plot the maximum value of
< Cvw >, < Cv > and < Cvw > at y+ = 300 against maximum value of < Cv >. It
shows that all these collison terms are closely related to peak near wall concentration
values. Specific results for the bubble-wall and bubble-bubble collisions are given in
table (6.3)
160
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
sD 01
-300 -200 •100 0+ 100 200 300
> 0 .0 3
00.02
M a x < C >
0.01
<cv„>A*>ov
0>oVa">*ov
-0 .01
Figure 6.39: Re* = 380, 3200 a=0.05 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper right)
t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right)
161
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Re*=3S0, 256*241'256 6346 asO.OS bubbles, ts10 --------------- <CVv>
<cvw>
> 0.02
£-0.02
-200 -100
M a x <CV^> < C V W> a t y* = 3 0 0
O 0.045
V 0.03
M a x < C >
<CVv>
<cv>0.02
>ov,A
o° 0v
>ov
-0.02
-300 -200 -100 100 200 300
Figure 6.40: Re* = 380, 6400 a=0.05 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper right)
t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right)
162
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
V-0.005A> * -0.01
V -0 .015
-300 -200 -100 0+ 100 200 300
<cv >A 0.01
o 0.005
\/\
O -0.01
-300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300
0.03
V 0.015
0.125M ax<C>
q 0.005
Figure 6.41: Re* = 380, 9100 a=0.0355 bubbles. t=5 (upper left); t=10 (upper
right); t=20 (low left); Dispersion relation (low right)
163
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
In the random seeding, < Cv > is small compare to other cases, as shown in
figure(6.42).
0.0004 Ef11 i
0.0005R e * = 3 8 0 , 2 5 6 * 2 4 1 * 2 5 6 9 6 0 0 a = 0 . 0 5 r a n d o m s e e d i n g
-0.0003
-0.0006
-0.0005<cv>.
-1 -0.5 0y 0.5
Figure 6.42: Re* = 380, 9600 a=0.05 bubbles
6.2.4 V isualization
The second invariant Q for the velocity gradient, Q = (d'Ui/ dxj) (chi,j/ dxj) has been
used to show vortex structure in the flow. A contour of plot of the regions where
Q+ < —3 highlight the vortex structures in the flow. Figure(6.43) shows the Q
contour for 9100 a=0.0355 and 9600 a=0.05 bubbles. It clearly shows that adding
bubbles will decrease the vortices, and 9100 bubbles has less vorticies than 9600
bubbles. This is due to larger near wall bubble concentration for 9100 a=0.0355
bubbles.
6.3 Summary
The results presented give a clear indication of the reduction in drag force that
164
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
stream w ise vortices
vortices, Q d e tec tion
vortices, Q d e tec tion
Figure 6.43: Q contour at Re* = 380 for base flow (upper); for 9100 bubbles a=0.0355
(middle); and 9600 bubbles a=0.05 bubbles (below), all at t=20165
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 6.44: Re* = 400, 14400 a=0.05 bubbles
comes from seeding micro-bubbles in a turbulent shear flow. The strongest, sustained
reduction in drag is achieved for the small bubbles, a+ = 13.5. For this small size,
the assumption of spherical shape is reasonable and acceptable. The results for the
larger bubbles point to the limited response of these bubbles to the turbulence due
to their increased size and time scales. They also illustrate the importance of the
evolving void fraction distributions and the initial bubble seeding. As the bubbles
disperse away from the walls and as the bubble flow rate Qb increases, there is a
displacement of liquid towards the walls from the center region of the channel. These
results point to at least three mechanisms involved: one linked to the initial seeding
of the bubbles, the second associated with density effects, where the bubbles reduce
the turbulent momentum transfer, and the third governed by specific correlations
between the bubbles and the turbulence.
With respect to the modification of turbulent structures in the near-wall region
we observe a very different picture as compared to other turbulent drag reduction
techniques, e.g. riblets, traveling waves or polymers, see [35]. Typically, when drag
is reduced, there is a modification of the sublayer and lifted streaks, which in most
cases become more coherent while the spacing of the streaks increases. The Reynolds
number for the present simulations is low and the viscous stresses of the flow is still
important throughout the flow. This will limit the degree of drag reduction that can
be achieved under these conditions.
166
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
We have also performed simulations at higher Reynolds numbers with different
size of bubbles. Relatively similar levels of drag reduction has been obtained and
sustained. Although this is not consistent with experiment results, it suggests that
there may exist other mechanism which cause the large amount drag reduction effect.
We will report other techniques in the following chapters.
If the bubbles are treated as rigid spherical inclusions due to the effects of surface
tension and surfactant contamination, then a symmetric dipole term Gij should be
considered too. For a laminar flow this additional stresslet term leads to an enhanced
viscous dissipation and increase in the effective viscosity of a random suspension.
With both monopole and dipole terms included, there is an increase in the overall
skin friction of about 8%. There is a small increase in the Reynolds shear stress but
mostly the stresslet term (force dipole) has its strongest effect in the near-wall region
where the viscous shear stresses are large. Whether the dipole terms, or suspension
viscosity effect, increases or reduces drag depends on the size and location of the
bubbles as well as the Reynolds number [33].
167
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7
Drag Reduction by Constant
Forcing
In Chapter 6 , we simulated the dynamics of microbubbles in a turbulent channel
flow. Spectral//;,/) elements (see [67]) were used for spatial discretization, and the
force coupling method developed by [89] was employed to represent the bubbles.
At Re* = u*H/v = 135 {y is the kinematic viscosity and H is the channel half
width), the realizable sustained drag reduction in such DNS is of the order of 10%
in agreement with experimental data in this low-speed regime, see [82, 16]. In more
recent simulations at Re* — 200 and 380, we have observed similar levels of drag
reduction. Drag reduction of up to 20% has been reported more recently by [38] who
represented the microbubbles as point forces.
In this chapter we consider the effects of a localized, constant stream-wise forcing
applied to the flow. The forcing F is applied in the near-wall region and acts to resist
the flow. The forcing is uniform in directions parallel to the wall. One motivation
for this study is a consideration of the effect of the Reynolds shear stress on the
mean momentum distribution. For turbulent Poiseuille flow in a channel, the mean
168
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
.06
.05
.04
.03
.02
.01
0
.01 0 10 20 30 40 50y+
Figure 7.1: Profile of the gradient of the Reynolds shear stress, scaled by «*/v, against
distance from the wall y+. Results at Re* — 135,200,380,633
momentum equation is
am dp d f ___ d u n „p~ w = “ S 7 + & ; { “ '“ 1" 2 + ' ‘ 8 ^ } + F i (7A>
and under conditions of steady flow, without forcing, this gives the usual linear shear
stress profile, where the sum of the Reynolds stress and viscous stress varies linearly
across the channel. The Reynolds stress is zero at the wall and attains a maximum
value at a distance from the wall that in terms of wall variables scales with Re*1/2,
see [119]. The acceleration of the mean flow, or the response to an applied force
density, though depends on the gradient of the shear stress. The gradient of the
Reynolds stress is positive near the wall and then has a smaller negative value in the
core of the channel. This is illustrated by the simulation results described below and
shown in figure (7.1) where the profile of the gradient of the Reynolds shear stress
is plotted, scaled in wall variables, for different Reynolds numbers Re*. In all cases
the gradient has a maximum at y+ = 8 , while the location at which the gradient is
zero is greater as the Reynolds number is increased.
The effect of the constant stream-wise forcing proposed here counteracts the
influence of the gradient of the Reynolds shear stress. One context in which a
corresponding feature has been observed is in the simulation of a turbulent channel
169
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Re.=200, bubbles
Re.=135, bubbles
0.5
-0.5
Re.=135, particles
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5y/H
Figure 7.2: Profiles of the average streamwise force density for bubbles and particles in a
channel flow at Re* = 135,200.
flow seeded with microbubbles, [134, 91]. Here the bubbles displace the liquid and
one of the dynamic effects is to reduce the local inertia of the flow. This may be
represented by a body force density acting on the flow that is proportional to the local
concentration of the bubbles and the local acceleration of the fluid. On average, the
streamwise component of the force opposes the flow close to the wall and enhances
the flow further away from the wall. This is illustrated in figure (7.2) which shows
sample profiles for the averaged streamwise component of this effective force density.
The orientation of the force near the wall is linked to that of the Reynolds stress
gradient. For a flow seeded with denser solid particles, the force density is positive
close to the wall. It is observed too that the bubbles reduce the effectiveness of
momentum transfer by the Reynolds shear stress and there is a reduction in the skin
friction, while for denser particles there is an increase in skin friction. While the
dynamics of drag reduction by microbubbles is complex and involves many factors,
the results provide a motivation for the present study and suggest that the effect of
streamwise forcing is worth investigating as an independent issue.
As we will show, the imposition of a streamwise forcing modifies the turbulence,
170
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
which in turn influences the appropriate parameters to use for the forcing. In the
following sections we summarize the simulation procedures and give results for the
change in skin friction as the parameters of the forcing are varied. Following this,
the influence of the forcing on turbulence structure is discussed.
7.1 Near-wall forcing and simulation method
Simulations of turbulent Poiseuille flow in a channel are performed by numerical
integration of the momentum equations for incompressible flow
^ + U ' V u = — Vp + zA^u + F (7.2)
where the fluid density and the kinematic viscosity are p. v respectively. In the
channel, the fluid velocity u(x, t) is determined for 0 < sq < L\ and 0 < x% < L%
with the rigid planar walls located at X2 = ±/i. No-slip boundary conditions are
applied at the walls with periodic boundary conditions in both the stream-wise, x\
and span-wise, x% directions. In these simulations variables are scaled by h and a fluid
velocity scale Uq, with the fluid density p = I. The bulk velocity Ub is maintained
at a constant value of 2C/q/3 by a control procedure that adjusts the mean pressure
gradient —dP/dxi to ensure that the Reynolds number Res = UBh/v is fixed for
any simulation.
The equations 7.2 are solved in terms of primitive variables using a spectral/hp
element scheme, [67]. Fourier pseudo-spectral representations are used in the two
periodic directions together with de-aliassing procedures for nonlinear terms. Spec
tral elements are chosen in the wall-normal direction to ensure good resolution in
both the near-wall regions and in the core of the channel. A third-order, stiffly stable
scheme is used for integration in time, see [67]. Table 7.1 summarizes the different
simulation conditions, listing the domain size and numerical resolution, including
171
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Group Re* Res L i/h Lz/h Afi n 2 Nz d P dx 1
A 135 2000 27r 27r 64 1 x 65 64 0.00203
AA 135 2000 47T 2 tt 128 1 x 65 64 0.00203
B 192 3000 2 n 2 ir 128 4 x 37 128 0.001805
C 380 6,667 2 ir 7T 256 8 x 31 256 0.001455
D 633 12,000 27T 7T 384 10 x 37 384 0.001234
Table 7.1: Simulation parameters: Reynolds numbers; domain size; numerical reso
lution including the number of elements and the spectral order; and mean pressure
gradient, scaled by pU^/h, of the base flow.
the number of spectral elements used at each Reynolds numbers. The Reynolds
number Re* = u*h/v, based on the friction velocity v*, is varied between 135 — 630.
The results for the turbulence statistics of the base flows, without any stream-wise
forcing, are consistent with previously published results such as [99].
The stream-wise forcing is specified by the force density = (F]. 0,0) and
has the form shown in the sketch of figure(7.3). In particular, the force density is
given by
OjrFi(y) = —p7 sin(— y), 0 < y < A (7.3)
F\ (:y) = 0, y > A.
where y = h ,± x2 is the distance from the nearest planar boundary. This forcing
acts to decelerate the flow close to the wall, 0 < y < A/2, and then accelerate the
flow in the adjacent region A/2 < y < A. Overall the total force, integrated across
the channel, is zero and the mean pressure gradient balances the skin friction to
within the limits of numerical resolution. We parameterize the force density with
two parameters I and A, representing the amplitude and the spatial region of the
172
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Flow
v 10-
Figure 7.3: Idealization of the excitation force and notation; see equation (7.3).
excitation, respectively. The amplitude of the force density I may be scaled in
convective flow variables by U^/h or in terms of wall variables as I + — Ii>/u*3,
using the value of u* for the unforced flow. Similarly A may be given in terms of
wall variables as A+ or as X/h.
In the following, we will present DNS results with the above force included in
the governing flow equations as the controlling mechanism. In particular, we have
simulated turbulent channel flow at Re* = 135,192,380 and 633. The discretization
involved resolutions of 64 x 65 x 64 at low Re* = 135, 128 x 145 x 128 at Re* = 192,
256 x 241 x 256 at Re* = 380, 384 x 361 x 384 at Re* = 633. Domian size is 27r x 2 x 27t
at Re* — 135,192 and 2tt x 2 x 7r at Re* = 380,633.
7.2 Results on drag reduction
In figure (7.4) we first show representative results at Re* = 135 for the effect of
varying A+ on the turbulent drag over time. The value of the forcing amplitude is
kept constant at 7 = 0.02 (in convective units). We see that for the two lower values
of A+ a persistent, long term drag reduction is achieved, whereas for the two larger
173
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1 — No control2 — X-=13.53 — r=18.94 — X+=35.10 .4
0.25 0 7 0
t
Figure 7.4: Time history of the skin friction at f?e* = 135, group AA, with I = 0.02, for:
(1) No forcing; (2) A+ = 13.5; (3) A+ = 18.9; (4) A+ = 35.1.
values of A+ there is only a transient drag reduction. Later this transient reduction
gives way to either no drag reduction or an increase in drag. A similar transient
reduction in drag, followed by a drag increase was found for A+ = 59.4, while for
A = 27 there was a sustained reduction in drag of about 12%.
If the length scale of the forcing is fixed at A+ = 19 and the amplitude I is varied,
then sustained drag reduction is achieved as shown in figure(7.5). The level of drag
reduction increases initially as the amplitude is increased but for I > 0.02 there is no
additional reduction in the long term drag, and for I = 0.03 we again see a transient
response.
These results indicate that there is a preferred range of values for I and A to
achieve a sustained reduction in drag. The optimum values at Re* = 135, for the
results shown in figures(7.4) and 7.5, are approximately I = 0.02 and A = 0.14, or
A+ = 18.9. Additional results on the long term change in drag at Re* = 135 are
given table 7.2. The largest reduction in drag observed was for A+ = 13.5 and a
174
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
g 0 . 6 1 — No control2 — 1= 0.013 — 1=0.024 — 1=0.03
0 .4
0.220 4 0 5 0 6 0
t
Figure 7.5: Time history of normalized skin friction for A+ = 18.9 and different amplitudes
I at i?e* = 135, group AA: (1) No forcing; (2) I = 0.01; (3) I = 0.02; (4) I = 0.03.
stronger forcing I = 0.03. As the value of A+ is increased, the optimum level of
drag reduction is achieved with weaker forcing I. For A+ > 30 — 35 there is a switch
from sustained drag reduction to a transient response followed by a small net drag
increase.
At Re* = 633 the general features are the same but the level of sustained drag
reduction is significantly higher, up to 70%. Figure(7.6) shows the time history of the
normalized turbulent drag. For A+ = 12.0 there is a transient period with up to 90%
drag reduction followed by sustained drag reduction of 70%, while for A+ = 13.3 there
is a larger transient but a slightly lower level of the final sustained drag reduction for
the same level of the force amplitude. The time scale for the transient adjustment
period following the application of the forcing is roughly t = 5.5 — 6.5 at Re* = 633
and t = 20 — 25 at Re* = 135, in terms of convective time units. These both
correspond to an interval t+ = 125 — 150 and are consistent with a viscous wall-
variable scaling for this process.
175
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
I = 0.01 7 = 0.015 7 = 0.02 7 = 0.025 7 = 0.03
A A+ 7+ = 0.0365 7+ = 0.0547 7+ = 0.073 7+ = 0.0913 7+ = 0.109
0.1 13.5 -13% -12% -21% -28% -33%
0.14 18.9 -16% -23% -24% -24% -25%
0.2 27 -10% -13% -12% -11% -11%
0.26 35.1 +4% +4% 0% +3% +2%
0.44 59.4 +8%
Table 7.2: Percentage change in long term drag at Re* = 135 for various A and 7.
Results to within ±2%.
A summary of results for a range of Reynolds numbers are given in table 7.3,
covering Re* = 135—633 for selected values of the forcing parameters. A skin-friction
reduction of about 33% is achieved at the lowest Reynolds number, Re* = 135, that
increases up to about 40% at Re* = 192 for case B3 and 70% at Re* = 380, case C4,
and beyond. We note, however, that these results were obtained at increasing values
of the amplitude parameter 7; specifically I = 0.03 (case A); 0.08 (case B3); 0.20
(case C4), and 0.4 (case D3). These values were initially selected based on several
coarser simulations for each Reynolds number.
The parameters used for the present results may be compared with those asso
ciated with the variation in the Reynolds stress gradient for the base flows, shown
in figure(7.1). At the lowest Reynolds number the preferred value of A : = 13.5 and
as the Reynolds number is increased the preferred values of A+ remains fixed, or
decreases slightly, with A+ ~ 12 at Re* = 633. By comparison, the location of the
maximum gradient of the Reynolds stress occurs at ~ 8. An attempt to use the
forcing to simply cancel the effect of the Reynolds stress gradient would suggest then
a value of A+ = 4 The results at Re* = 135 indicate that at this value of A+ ~ 30
there would be at best only a slight reduction in drag. These values may be com
pared with the location of the peak Reynolds stress, yp . which as noted previously,
176
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 7.6: Time history of the skin friction at Re* = 633 with I = 0.4 for A+ =
7.0,12.0,13.3.
varies with oc \/R.e*. according to [119]. At Re* = 380 we have « 40 and this
increases further with increasing Reynolds number.
The amplitude of the forcing may also be compared. At Re* = 135 the value of
I = 0.02 corresponds to I + = 0.073, as given in table 7.2. This is comparable to the
peak values of the Reynolds stress gradient shown in figure(7.1), which has the same
dimensions as 7. At higher Re* the values of I + are significantly larger and increase
with Reynolds number, as given in table 7.3. The integrated negative contribution
of the force density retarding the near-wall flow is I +\ + /ir in terms of wall variables,
see (7.3), and this shows less variation with Reynolds number. Dimensionally IX/n
scales with u*2 and may be compared with the wall shear stress of the base flow.
At Re* = 135, with A+ = 13.5 and I + = 0.109, this gives a value corresponding to
0.44u*2. This is also equal to the value for A+ = 18.9 and I + — 0.073, where the
drag reduction is 24%. The preferred combinations of I and A at other Reynolds
numbers give values of I +\ +/ir corresponding to 0.91 w,*2 for case B3, 1.5u*2 for case
C3, and 2.0u* 2 for case D3.
177
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
These observations show that the profile of the Reynolds stress gradient may
provide an initial guide to suitable values of A+ and I +. The required amplitude
of the forcing required to achieve the largest levels of drag reduction increases with
Reynolds number. The magnitude of the forcing is then comparable to or slightly
larger than the wall shear stress of the base flow. It is possible that similar levels of
drag reduction could be achieved with slightly lower amplitudes, as indicated by the
results in table 7.3.
Results for other Reynolds numbers are given in table 7.3, covering Re* =
200 — 633 for selected values of the forcing parameters. In figure(7.7), we show
the levels of drag reduction that can be achieved at the different Reynolds number
flows simulated. A skin-friction reduction of about 25% is reached at the lowest
Reynolds number, that increases up to about 70% at Re* = 380 and beyond. We
note, however, that these results were obtained at increasing values of the amplitude
parameter I; specifically for the four DNS results in the plot I = 0.02 (case A);
0.08 (case B); 0.20 (case C), and 0.4 (case D) in increasing order of Re*. These
values were initially selected based on several coarser simulations for each Reynolds
number, which indicated that drag reduction is achieved above a threshold value of
1.
The present results may be compared with the variation in the Reynolds stress
gradient for the base flows, shown in figure(7.1). At the lowest Reynolds number the
preferred value of A ~ 18 is roughly twice yp ~ 8, the location of the maximum
gradient of the Reynolds stress. As the Reynolds number is increased the preferred
values of A+ remains fixed, or decreases slightly, with A+ ~ 12. At Re* = 633, the
optimal value of A+ is more tightly defined. By contrast, the location of the peak
Reynolds stress, yp\ as noted previously, varies with yp oc \ /Re* according to [119].
At Re* = 380 we have yp « 40 and this increases further with Reynolds number.
The amplitude of the forcing may also be compared. At Re* = 135, the value of
I = 0.02 corresponds to I + = 0.073, as given in table 7.2, and this is comparable to
178
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Index i?e* I 7+ A A+ IX/nul — ADrag %
A1 135 0.02 0.073 0.1 13.5 0.31 21
A2 135 0.03 0.109 0.1 13.5 0.47 33
AA 135 0.02 0.073 0.14 18.9 0.44 24
B1 192 0.04 0.116 0.064 12.3 0.45 19
B2 192 0.06 0.174 0.064 12.3 0.68 30
B3 192 0.08 0.232 0.064 12.3 0.91 39
Cl 380 0.1 0.18 0.034 12.9 0.74 34
C2 380 0.15 0.27 0.034 12.9 1.11 47
C3 380 0.2 0.36 0.023 8.7 1.00 33
C4 380 0.2 0.36 0.034 12.9 1.48 70
C5 380 0.2 0.36 0.036 13.7 1.57 63
C6 380 0.2 0.36 0.04 15.2 1.74 52
C7 380 0.2 0.36 0.05 19 2.18 35
D1 633 0.4 0.513 0.011 7.0 1.14 35
D2 633 0.4 0.513 0.017 10.8 1.76 68
D3 633 0.4 0.513 0.019 12.0 1.96 71
D4 633 0.4 0.513 0.021 13.3 2.17 65
Table 7.3: Long term, percentage reduction in turbulent drag from simulations at
i?e* = 135,192,380,633, for various values of I and A. Results for drag to within
±2 points.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
100
<0SouaO)&a
20
200100 300R e .
400 500 600
Figure 7.7: Percentage of drag reduction as a function of the Reynolds number.
the peak values of the Reynolds stress gradient shown in figure(7.1). The integrated
positive contribution of the force density, given by (7.3), is I +X 1 /V in terms of wall
variables and in this instance gives a value about 0.44w,*2. At higher Re* the values
of I + are larger. The preferred combination of I and A give values of I +\ +/n equal
to 0.91u*2 for case B3, 1.5w*2 for case C4, and 2.On*2 for case D3.
These observations suggest that the profile of the Reynolds stress gradient may
provide an initial guide to suitable values of A+ and J+. The required amplitude of
the forcing though increases with Reynolds number and as the turbulence is more
strongly modified.
This implies that for A+ > 20 we have loss of persistence of drag reduction,
possibly similar to that reported in the experiments [82]. In several other numerical
experiments (not presented here) we verified that X}max « 2y+ by varying the relative
regions of negative to positive force contributions keeping the net force equal to zero.
We found that the results do not depend on the exact form of the positive component,
but maximum amounts and persistence of drag reduction are ensured only if the
negative component (from the wall to a distance of A/2) is contained within distance
180
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
of about ten wall units. Experimentally, the consensus is that microbubbles should
be injected within the buffer layer but no quantitative evidence exists to support
this. Here, we found that, at least within the regime of Re* that we could simulate
accurately, the maximum retarding force should be located much closer to the wall.
7.3 Turbulence modification
7.3.1 M ean velocity profile
We now investigate how the streamwise forcing modifies the structure of the tur
bulent flow. The first consideration is the mean flow and how this changes in the
near-wall region. Figure(7.8) shows the mean flow at several different Reynolds num
bers with the forcing applied. These profiles are compared to the mean velocity of
the base flow at Re* — 380, without forcing, and the mean velocity is scaled by
u*, the friction velocity of the corresponding flow with no forcing. For all the forced
flows the mean velocity is markedly different from the standard profile. The gradient
at the wall is reduced but the slope increases sharply away from the wall, consistent
with the formation of an inflection in the mean velocity profile. For case AA, based
on A = 0.14 and I = 0.02 at Re* = 135, the reduction in drag is 25% and the change
in the mean velocity is less steep than for the other cases while at Re* = 633 (case
D3) the reduction in drag is 70%. At Re* = 633 (case D3), where the reduction in
drag is 70%, there is an apparent inner logarithmic region for 5 < y+ < 10. There
is a similar feature for Re* = 380 (case C3).
More revealing are the profiles for the mean velocity gradient shown in figure(7.9).
In all the forced flows shown A+ = 12 — 13.5 and correspond to significant levels of
reduction skin friction. The formation of a strong shear layer centered at y+ =
6 — 7 is clearly evident, with reduced mean shear both at the wall and beyond the
181
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 7.8: Mean velocity profiles, normalized with the friction velocity of the base flow:
(A) A+ = 13.5, I+ = 0.073 at Re* = 135; (B) case B3; (C) case C3; (D) case D3. The solid
line (S) represents the no-control case at Re* = 380.
*>p+3■o
0.5
Figure 7.9: Profiles of normalized mean velocity gradient in wall variables for Re* — 135
and A+ = 13.5,1+ = 0.109; case B3; case C3; and case D3. Solid line is the no-control result
at Re* = 380.
182
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
shear layer y+ > 12. The peak value of the mean velocity gradient, given in terms
of wall variables, increases with Reynolds number and the forcing amplitude. If
the turbulence is indeed strongly suppressed and there is a purely laminar, viscous
response to the near-wall forcing in (7.1) then the result would be a local additional
component to the mean shear
for 0 < y < A, and zero otherwise. This has a maximum at y+ = A+/2, with a
back to the prior discussion of the forcing levels, we can see that the peak value of
(dU\/dx2 )+ at Re* = 633 is close to the value of 7+A+/7t = 1.96 for this case (D3).
Other factors contributing to this near-wall maximum of the mean velocity gradient
are the ambient mean shear in response to the pressure-driven flow, which tends to
increase the peak value, while any Reynolds stress would tend to decrease the peak
value.
7.3.2 Reynolds stresses
Profiles of the rms velocity fluctuations at Re* = 380 for case C4 are compared in
figure(7.10) with the results for the unforced flow. All three peak values of u\ , u'2
and u'z are reduced by at least 40% for the forced flow. For the cases at the lower
Reynolds number, where the level of drag reduction is less, the reduction of the rms
fluctuations is smaller and at Re* = 135 the peak streamwise fluctuation is in fact
slightly higher for the forced case AA. Figure(7.11) shows the corresponding Reynolds
stress profiles. We see that for case C4 the peak value is reduced by 70% while the
location of the peak is shifted away from the wall. Even at the lowest simulated
Reynolds number, case AA with Re* — 135, there is a substantial reduction in the
Reynolds shear stress.
Close to the wall there is a more significant variation in the Reynolds shear stress
(7.4)
peak additional mean shear of 7+ \ +/-k when scaled by wall variables. Referring
183
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
<AEcc
0.5 ■
100 200 300 400
Figure 7.10: Profiles of rms velocity fluctuations at Re* = 380. Solid lines denote the
no-control results; dashed lines denote results for case C4.
(a)
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
£3V
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0,(b)
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
3 0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Figure 7.11: Profiles of Reynolds shear stress at (a) Re* = 135, case AA; (b) Re* = 380,
case C4. Solid lines denote the no-control results.
184
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
-0.25
-0.75
100 125 15075
Figure 7.12: Profiles of Reynolds stress at Re* = 380 for cases C3, A+ = 8.7; C4, A+ = 13.7;
all for 1=0.2.
that is sensitive to the value of the length scale A used for the streamwise forcing.
Figure(7.12) shows the near-wall profiles at Re* — 380 for several values of A+ for a
fixed value of I = 0.2. For case C3, where A ; = 12.9 and there is a 70% reduction in
drag, the Reynolds stress is substantially reduced throughout the flow with a small
local maximum at around y+ = 13. If A 1 = 8.7 (case C2), the drag reduction is
much less, only 30%, and the change in Reynolds stress is smaller. For the somewhat
larger value of A+ = 13.7, there is a strong near-wall, local maximum even though
the Reynolds stress is reduced elsewhere. The reduction in drag is also slightly less
here. This local increase in Reynolds stress is linked to the formation of the shear
layer and the local maximum is approximately at y ' = 13, at the outer edge of the
shear layer.
The same general features are repeated in figure(7.13) for Re* = 633 with a fixed
forcing amplitude I = 0.4. Again the largest drag reduction, case D3 with A+ = 12,
is associated with a greatly reduced overall Reynolds shear stress. There is a small
local maximum in the Reynolds stress near the wall. For A+ = 13.3, case D4, the
near-wall maximum is much stronger and occurs at approximately y+ = 7.5, within
185
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
- 0.2
-0.4
>3- 0.6
100 150
Figure 7.13: Profiles of Reynolds stress at Re* = 633 for cases D2, A+ = 10.8; D3, A+ =
12.0; D4, A+ = 13.3; all for 1=0.4.
the shear layer.
The drag reduction effect is very sensitive to the wavelength A. As shown in
figure(7.12) and (7.13),there is an optimized value for A, which can achieve maximum
drag reduction.
7.3.3 Vorticity fluctuations
The rms vorticity fluctuations also exhibit significant near-wall variations when the
streamwise forcing is applied. Figure(7.14) to 7.16 shows profiles of the vorticity
fluctuations of both the base flow and the forced flows, cases C4 and C5, at Re* =
380. At the wall, the spanwise component lj '3 has the largest fluctuation levels,
which are associated with the fluctuations in the streamwise component of the wall-
shear stress. This is substantially reduced for case C4 as is and the wall-normal
component (jJ2, where the latter goes to zero at the wall because of the no-slip flow
conditions. With the forcing there is a simple, local maximum of u '2 at around
y+ = 8, closer to the wall than in the unforced flow. There is also a more pronounced
186
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
N o co n tro l c a s e C 4 c a s e C 50.3
3
20 4 0y+
Figure 7.14: Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: cj[. Results for A+ = 12.9,
case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control.
local maximum in at around y+ — 8. The case C4, where A is slightly larger, has
significantly increased vorticity fluctuations near the wall, while the fluctuations are
all reduced for y+ > 20.
These general features are consistent with the formation of a local shear layer
centered just above the wall at y+ ~ 6 — 7, due to the influence of the streamwise
forcing. This is more clearly evident if we examine the near-wall flow structure with
the second invariant Q for the velocity gradient, Q = (dui/dxj)(duj/dxi). A contour
of plot of the regions where Q+ < —0.0142 highlight the vortex structures in the
flow. The structure of the near-wall vortices is shown in figure(7.21), comparing the
base flow with the forced flow C4 at Re* = 380. The formation of vortex loops lifting
away from the wall is completely suppressed and instead there are regularly spaced
spanwise structures within the region y+ < 20. The standard turbulent processes
near the wall are replaced by those characteristic of a shear layer in transition.
When A+ is increased to 13.7, case C5, then the shear layer begins to create its
own turbulence structures. The corresponding contour plot of Q+ for case C5, see
figure(7.22), shows increased turbulence but the vorticity-dominated features are
confined to the near-wall region, y+ < 50. It would appear that at this forcing
187
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.3
3 0.2
20 40y+
Figure 7.15: Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: u)'2. Results for A+ = 12.9,
case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control.
0.5
0.4
0.3
3
0.2
0.1
y+
Figure 7.16: Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380: Results for A+ = 12.9,
case C3; A+ = 13.7, case C4; no-control.
188
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Turbulent C harge R e*= 380 ,128X145X128------------ No control----------Lambda=0.034. 1=0.2
400
200
o>
-200
-400
-0.98 -0.9B -0.94 -0.9-0.92y
Figure 7.17: Turbulent charge at Re* = 380. Solid lines: no-control; dash lines:
I — 0.2, A = 0.034.
amplitude 7, case C4 corresponds to a near-optimal condition of marginal stability
and increasing the total forcing by increasing the length scale A leads to a breakdown
of the shear layer.
If the shear layer is too strong it promotes its own turbulence production, but
otherwise serves to screen the viscous sub-layer from the outer flow dynamics.
A different way of examining the modification of the near-wall turbulence is
offered by the turbulent charge, a concept introduced by [86]. In particular, the
turbulent charge is defined as the divergence of the Lamb vector, i.e. q = V • 1,1 =
w x u and is a completely kinematic quantity. Its relation to the flow dynamics is
through the Bernoulli energy function 4> = (u2/2) +p/p as follows
q = - v 2$. (7.5)
Therefore, the turbulent charge is connected with the curvature of the Bernoulli
189
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
energy function. This, in turn, implies that this energy $ is maximal where the
charge is positive. In the context of the turbulence energetics, its importance lies in
its localization in a narrow region very close to the wall, and it is dipolar as shown in
figure(7.17) for the no-control case. Within the viscous sublayer the turbulent charge
is negative and achieves its maximum value exactly at the wall. Beyond the sublayer
(up to y+ ~ 20), where the turbulent motion becomes most energetic the turbulent
charge is positive. Examining now the turbulent charge of the controlled flow in
figure (7.17), we see that the negative maximum charge has moved away from the
wall to the edge of the viscous sublayer while the positive charge is now concentrated
in a much narrower region around y+ = 10. The turbulent charge we have plotted
shows the instantaneous modification of the “flow dipole” in the near-wall region; a
particle-like force leads to exactly the opposite charge distribution.
7.3.4 Influence of force am plitude
When the amplitude I of the forcing is strong and the shear layer is clearly evident, as
in the previous examples, it is not difficult to see the changes in turbulence structure.
At lower levels of I, there may still be substantial reduction of the skin friction but
the changes in flow structure are less evident. Here we compare the results for cases
C2 and C4 at Re* = 380, where the length scale A is the same but the amplitude
I = 0.15 as opposed to 0.2. The level of drag reduction is lower, 47% instead of 70%
for case C4. The change in the mean velocity profile is less pronounced but there
is still a strong mean shear layer with a maximum shear (d U i /d x ^ = 1.3. The
profiles for the rms velocity fluctuations and Reynolds shear stresses for case C2 are
given in figure(7.18) and may be compared with those in figures(7.10, 7.11). Both
the rms fluctuations and Reynolds stress are reduced but not to the same degree as
before: the peak Reynolds stress is only 32% lower than for the unforced flow, even
though the level of drag reduction is greater than this.
Reduction in drag is closely linked to reductions in turbulent Reynolds shear
190
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
0.5
1.5
u ~ , N o co n tro l v'*, N o contro l w” , N o con tro l u * , 1=0.15 v " , 1=0.15 w * . 1=0.15
N o con tro l c a s e C4 c a s e C5
100 200y+
300 400 100 200y+
300 400
Figure 7.18: Profiles of rms velocity fluctuations and Reynolds stress at Re* = 380 for case
stresses but as pointed out by [39] both changes in the peak value and the profile
contribute. This is evident from taking integral moments of the equation for the
mean flow (7.1). The zero-order moment, which is a simple integral across the
channel, gives the usual result that in a final stationary state the mean pressure
gradient balances the effect of the combined mean shear stress from the two walls,
since the applied forcing exerts no net force on the flow. The second moment yields
where t ( ± / j ) is the mean shear stress at the respective walls and the first term on the
right equals the corresponding drag for laminar flow. Reductions in the Reynolds
stress nearer the walls are thus more significant. In the present case C2, the peak
Reynolds stress occurs further from the wall than for either case C4 or for the base
flow and so even though the peak value is significant its contribution to the overall
drag is limited. There is a small direct contribution of the forcing F\ in (7.6), tending
to reduce the drag. This may be compared to the mean shear stress of the base flow
pul and this ratio is
For case AA at Re* = 135, this ratio is —8.5%, contributing about one third to
the overall drag reduction. At higher Reynolds numbers the contribution is less
CIA
i [r(h) + r ( - h )] = ^ J h x2{-puiu2) dx2 + J x%Fx dx2 (7.6)
(7.7)
191
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.4
0 .35
c a s e C 2 c a s e C 2 c a s e C 2
0.3
0 .25
3
0.15
0 .05
20 40 50y+
Figure 7.19: Profiles of rms vorticity fluctuations at Re* = 380 for case C2.
significant as X/h = A+/i?e* and the value of A+ tends to be fixed.
The three components of the rms vorticity fluctuations for case C2 are shown
in figure(7.19) and are compared with those no control case. The spanwise vorticity
fluctuations oj':i are reduced overall but are relatively stronger for y+ < 10. The other
components are lower too with no strong local maxima. Examination of a contour
plot for Q+ shows no special features and it does not appear to be markedly different
from that of the flow without forcing.
Changes to the gradient of the Reynolds shear stress though can be linked to
vorticity flux terms. In (7.6) the term involving the Reynolds stress may be rewritten
to give
[r(h) + T( - h) } = J h X* { Fl + } dx2’ (7‘8)illustrating that near-wall reductions of the gradient of the Reynolds stress are im
portant for drag reduction. In general, the Reynolds stress gradient is
d(u^uj) _ 1 d(uju])+ 2 “ & T ' (7-9)
As the channel flow is homogeneous in the streamwise and spanwise directions and
192
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
by selecting i = 1, we obtain
= -v'u)'z + w'uj'y, (7.10)
where the terms v'u}'z and w'u'y represent the vortex-transport and vortex-stretching
contributions, respectively. Profiles for the three terms in 7.10 are shown in figure(7.20),
comparing the results for cases C4 and C2 with that of the base flow. As the ampli
tude I is increased the peak of the Reynolds stress gradient is reduced and shifted
towards the wall. The vortex stretching term w'u'y is also reduced and the minimum
again shifted towards the wall. For both, the most significant variations are confined
to y 1 < 30. The vorticity transport term v'lj'z is the wall-normal flux of spanwise
vorticity flucutations, which in the base flow extends over a wider range. Within the
shear layer, y+ < 13, this not significantly altered. However the vortex-transport
is reduced in the buffer layer and beyond, consistent with shear sheltering and a
reduction of turbulent transport across the shear layer.
The vortex-transport term FTTi has been identified by [61] as an important
part of the autonomous cycle of near-wall turbulence in a channel flow at low to
moderate Reynolds numbers. In their study they separately filtered and reduced the
vortex-transport and vortex-stretching terms to determine how this would modify
the generation of near-wall streaks. Their observation was that reducing the vortex-
transport term did significantly reduce the streaks and the skin friction, while the
filtering the vortex-stretching term M3ZD2 had little effect. The present results point
to other factors also being involved.
7.4 Flow Visualization
This is more clearly evident if we examine the near-wall flow structure with the
second invariant Q for the velocity gradient, Q = (dui/dxj)(duj/dxi). A contour of
plot of the regions where Q+ < —0.0142 highlight the vortex structures in the flow.
The structure of the near-wall vortices is shown in figure(7.21) for a portion of the
193
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
£ 0.03 3i 0 02
0.01
0-0.01
-0.02
iVI-o>c
0)H■EoQ_(Ac2H
Figure 7.20: Profiles of Reynolds stress gradient, vortex stretch and vortex transport for
case C3, case CIA and the base flow.
194
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vortices, Q detection
150
100
50
vortices, Q detection
i;116a
Figure 7.21: Contours of Q at Re* = 380, no control (upper) and case C4 (lower).
flow domain, comparing the base flow with the forced flow C4 at Re* = 380. The
formation of vortex loops lifting away from the wall is completely suppressed and
instead there are regularly spaced spanwise structures within the region y+ < 20.
The standard turbulent processes near the wall are replaced by those characteristic
of a shear layer in transition. When A+ is increased to 13.7, case C5, then the shear
layer begins to create its own turbulence structures. The corresponding contour plot
of Q+ for case C5, see figure(7.22), shows increased turbulence but the vorticity-
dominated features are confined to the near-wall region, y+ < 50. It would appear
that at this forcing amplitude 7, case C4 corresponds to a near-optimal condition of
marginal stability and increasing the total forcing by increasing the length scale A
leads to a breakdown of the shear layer.
It is described in [57] that various configurations in which the presence of a thin
195
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
v o rtic es , Q d e te c tio n
1S0100
so
3(
Figure 7.22: Contours of Q at Re* = 380 for case C5.
shear layer in a turbulent flow will act to block the velocity fluctuations normal
to the layer and to limit the velocity correlations across the layer. In a turbulent
boundary layer this would screen the larger scale, outer region, turbulent eddies from
the direct influence of the wall. This mechanism of shear sheltering is considered
further by [110] in the context of polymer drag reduction and the presence of strong
shear in an expanded buffer layer. An important factor in shear sheltering is the
advection velocity of the eddy disturbance relative to the velocity within the shear
layer. In the present context, the shear layer is adjacent to the wall and strongly
influenced by viscous processes, making it difficult to compare directly wall-normal
velocity fluctuations above and below the shear layer.
Evidence for the mechanism of shear-sheltering may be seen by examining the
formation of low speed streaks in the near-wall zone in figure(7.23), where the con
tours for the streamwise velocity for case C4 are compared to those of the base flow.
At y+ — 5, there is a predominance of low speed (v,]) fluid for the forced flow with
elongation of the low speed streaks. At y+ = 10, there is now an absence of low
speed fluid in the forced flow while the individual regions of moderate or faster speed
fluid are both longer and wider. Even at y+ = 30, outside of the shear layer and the
196
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
spanwise structures seen in figure(7.21), there is again an absence of low speed fluid
in the forced flow. This indicates that the usual processes of exchange of high and
low speed fluid between the near-wall region and the buffer layer are greatly reduced
by the presence of the shear layer.
Figure (7.25) similar to (7.22), streamwise vortices dissappeared. The spanwise
vortices only located very close to the wall, about 10 wall units. The difference from
Re* = 400 is that there still some stream-wise vortices left, but very few.
Next we compare streaks between C3 and no control at y+ = 5, y ~ = 10 and
y- = 30. There are clear differences in all of them, suggesting that the effect of
control extend beyond y = 30.
We also show the cross section contour of streamwise velocity in figure (7.29) and
figure (7.30). They have same scaling level, and it is clear that control has compress
the low speed fluids in the region very close to the wall, and increase the velocity of
stream-wsie velocity in the central region of channel.
7.5 Summary and Discussion
In this chapter, we have presented a new technique for turbulent drag reduction,
providing an overview of the main observed features. The streamwise forcing leads
to the formation of a strong shear layer near each wall, reducing the mean velocity
gradient at the wall and shifting the maximum mean shear to a location at about
y+ = A+/2. The shear layer acts to screen the near-wall, viscous sublayer dynamics
from that of the outer flow. For larger forcing amplitudes a maximum drag reduc
tion of 70% is observed with a very large reduction of the Reynolds shear stress.
Substantial drag reduction is achieved even for lower amplitudes. The dynamics are
less dramatically altered but they are still consistent with a mechanism involving
shear sheltering. The streamwise forcing must be localized near the wall, preferably
197
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 7.23: Contours of streamwise velocity in the x\ — x?) plane at f?e* = 380, no control
(left) and case C4 (right): (a) y+ = 5; (b) y+ = 10; (c) y+ — 30.
198
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vortex detection: Q
1500
1000600
400 500200
Figure 7.24: No control Q detection at Re* = 633.
vortex detection: Q
TUSim
1500
1000600
400 500200
Figure 7.25: Control case: A = 0.019, 1=0.4 at Re* = 633
199
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 7.26: Contours of streamwise velocity in the X\ — xs plane at y+ = 5, Re*
no control (left) and case C3 (right)
200
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 7.27: Contours of streamwise velocity in the x\ — X3 plane at y 1 = 10, Re* = 380,
no control (left) and case C3 (right)
201
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
i
CO LO Csl LO CO LO CM LO
Figure 7.28: Contours of streamwise velocity in the X\ — X3 plane at y ' = 30, Re* = 380,
no control (left) and case C3 (right)
202
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Y
Re‘-30O
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.6
Figure 7.29: Contour in y-z plane at Re* = 380.
Y
R s‘- 3 8 0 ,1- 0 .2 , Lam bda-0.034
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.6
Figure 7.30: Control in y-z plane at Re* = 380, A = 0.034, 1=0.2.
203
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
fo r c in g
30.4
" p a ra b o l ic p ro f ile
0.5y
no contro l
Cl2•o<u3S8
NCOEoc forcing
t
Figure 7.31: (a) Time history of pressure drop during transition in channel flow at Re* =
135. All values are normalized with the value of the uncontrolled flow in the turbulent state,
(b) Streamwise elocity profile in the laminar state at time indicated by A.
with A+ < 13 — 20.
It is interesting to note that the same controlling force is also effective in reducing
the stresses during the transition process from laminar to turbulent flow. To this end,
we have simulated the transition process in a channel flow at Re* = 135 starting from
a laminar flow field. In figure(7.31) we plot the history of the pressure gradient for
the controlled transition as well as the natural transition. In order to accommodate
this transition a small amount of noise was added initially to the laminar field.
We see that during the transition there is an overshoot in the pressure drop (and
correspondingly in the wall shear stress), which is substantially higher than the
asymptotic mean value in the stationary state. However, the maximum peak in the
controlled case is below the level of the turbulent wall shear stress for the uncontrolled
case.
With regards to a practical implementation of this method, the first key issue is
how to produce a retarding force within a distance from the wall corresponding to
(A+/2) < 10. At high speeds (e.g., 20 m /s), this physical distance is less than 10
204
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
microns for a turbulent flow in water. The force amplitudes used here are smaller by
an order of magnitude than the force levels used in turbulence control via traveling
waves in [35]. Ideally, the excitation force should have its maximum away from the
wall at about y+ sa 5. However, we found in other DNS experiments with a Lorentz
force (produced by electromagnetic tiles as in [26] but of opposite direction) that
drag reduction is still achievable but at about half of the aforementioned levels. The
Lorentz force has its maximum, at the wall and decays exponentially to zero with the
distance from the wall; therefore, it never reverses direction and thus the required
pressure drop is larger than otherwise. The second key issue is then to induce a
positive streamwise force away from the wall that counter-balances the retarding
force in order to realize the maximum possible drag reduction. We have performed
several DNS to investigate the effect of the distribution of this positive force and we
have found that its exact form is not critical.
An example of the effect of a Lorentz type of force distribution applied at each
of the walls is shown in figure(7.32). The streamwise forcing is
Fi(y) = -P 1 {exp(~y/S) - 5/h} (7.11)
where y = h ± x 2 varying over 0 < y < h. This exerts no net force on the flow and
there is a small, uniform positive force to compensate for the negative force near
each wall. The results at Re* = 135 (case AA) show that for I = 0.02 and both
S/h = 0.017,0.04 there is about a 10-15% reduction in the skin friction.
Finally we comment on the power required to sustain the streamwise forcing and
the flow through the channel. The negative streamwise forcing adjacent to the wall,
in principle, extracts kinetic energy from the flow and the positive forcing further
away from the wall supplies energy to the flow. Overall there is a net power input
from the forcing that increases with the forcing amplitude. This will offset the power
savings from the drag reduction and the reduction in the mean pressure gradient.
At Re* = 135, with A = 0.1 and I = 0.02, the reduction in power needed for the
pressure gradient is 20% while the net power required for the forcing is 10% of the
205
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
No control
D
Exponential forcing delta=0.017Exponential forcing
delta=0.040.7
o 25 50 75 100t
Figure 7.32: Time history of normalized drag force with Lorentz forcing in channel flow at
Re* = 135.
power input for the base flow, giving a total power savings of about 10%. This drops
to 4% however if the kinetic energy is not extracted by the negative streamwise
forcing. At Re* — 380, case C4, there is an overall trade-off between the 70% power
savings from drag reduction and the power input for the forcing. This becomes a
net increase in power of 17% if the kinetic energy is not recovered from the flow by
the negative portion of the streamwise force. At Re* = 633, case D3, there is a net
increase in the power required.
These observations are not peculiar to this technique for drag reduction. Com
parable results are reported by [111] for drag reduction through spanwise oscillations
of the walls. An intermittent forcing of the flow, or some other modification of the
technique, would be needed to generate a power savings at higher Reynolds num
bers. The streamwise forcing is successful though in reducing turbulence levels and
this may be of value of itself. It is interesting to note what happens to the power
supplied to the flow when the skin friction is reduced substantially. In both cases
C4 and D3 the drag was reduced by 70%, the Reynolds shear stresses were greatly
206
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
reduced as was the overall turbulence production. A simple estimate shows that
the direct viscous dissipation of kinetic energy by the mean flow increases with the
forcing amplitude. Using (7.4) to calculate the additional viscous dissipation within
the shear layer, the ratio of the added dissipation rate to the power supplied by the
mean pressure gradient of the base flow pu^Us is (3/87r2)(/+)2(A+)3(u*/f7s). For
case C4 this is approximately 60% and 90% for case D3.
While one may speculate about the practical issues of implementing this stream-
wise forcing technique for drag reduction, the results presented raise interesting,
fundamental issues about the interaction of an imposed near-wall shear layer with
the turbulence.
207
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8
Slip Flow DNS
8.1 Background
From the results in Chapter 5, where we have explored the “density effect” of
bubbles, with the force monople representation, 10% drag reduction can be achieved
by adding small bubbles of about 10% in void fraction. This is for bubbles in size
range of d+ =27-40, which in flows at 10 m/sec might correspond to bubble diameters
of 54-100 microns, typical of smaller bubbles produced by current bubble injection
devices.
The level of drag reduction is substantially lower than that observed in experi
ments, suggesting that other physical factors, not considered so far, are important.
One possible mechanism not considered so far is the formation of a localized gas film
on the wall surface or a transient zero shear stress condition where a bubble contacts
with the wall. An observation from the experiments on microbubble drag reduction
is that at lower flow speeds the bubbles injected into a turbulent boundary layer
208
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
coalesce downstream to form a gas film adjacent to the wall. Sanders et al (2003)
[114] reported that at flow speeds of 6 m/sec the skin friction was reduced by up
to 90% as the bubbles merged to form an almost continuous sheet of gas close to
the wall. In experiments with a rough-wall turbulent boundary layer, Deutsch et al
(2003) [32] found that the levels of drag reduction that could be achieved were com
parable to those for a smooth-wall turbulent boundary layer at the same Reynolds
numbers. One may speculate as to whether small bubbles may become attached to
the roughness elements and provide a virtual gas film locally that screens the wall.
Motivated by this, and by the possible effects of hydrophobic surfaces on tur
bulent drag reduction, we consider the effects of a partial slip boundary condition
at the wall on the flow dynamics. Slip flow condition are usually considered in the
context of micro-flow systems and hydrophobic surfaces. Surface characteristics of
such systems are discussed by for example de Gennes (2002) [29] and Vinogradova
(1999) [138]. There are several papers that give experimental meaurements of the
effects of hydrophobic surfaces and skin friction reduction such as Watanabe et al
(1999) [139] and TYethaway & Meinhardt (2002) [126], and more recently by Ou et
al (2002) [105] for roughened microchannels. We characterize the possible effects of
a partial slip by a slip length parameter and investigate the reponse of the turbulent
flow with and without bubbles present in the flow.
8.2 Slip boundary condition
We assume that there are two mechanisms working together to produce drag
reduction effect. One contribution to the total drag reduction may be due to the
presence of the bubbles, e.g. at the level of 10% to 20%, as the simulations [134, 38]
have revealed. However, the majority of the drag reduction may be due to an
209
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
apparent partial slip of the flow with the wall. This is consistent with recent theories
on slippage in liquids [138, 29], according to which nanobubbles or a thin gas film
formed at the wall can lead to significant slip. This assumption is also consistent
with recent experimental findings reported in [114].
We impose a slip boundary condition [101] on the channel walls, which is ex
pressed by
In the above equation, uw is the stream-wise velocity on the walls, b is the slip
length, and the positive and negative signs are for the lower and upper walls, respec
tively. We investigate the slip effect on the friction drag by varying the slip length
systematically.
8.2.1 Verification
We have implemented equation(8.1) into our code, and verified it by solving the
following one-dimension Stokes problem.
( 8 . 1 )
d2u _ dp dy2 dx (8 .2)
0 , 2 / = 1
0 , 2/ = - 1 (8.3)
(8.4)
The accurate solution of (8.2) is:
u0 = —1/1.3(y2 - 1.2)
<gn = 2/1.3,//= -1
210
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0 .9
0 .7
0.6
3 0 .5
R e = 1 .0 ,163S o lid -u= 0 , y= -1 ,1 , (du /d y = 2 .0 a t wall)D a sh -------u-0.1 ’ du /d y = 0 , y=-1
u+0.1 *d u /d y s0 , y = 1 , (d u /d y = 1 .5 6 5 1 3 2 a t wall)
0 .4
0 .3
0.2
*0.5 0 .5
y
Figure 8.1: Solution of slip test
f a = -2 /1 .3 , y = l
Figure (8.1) shows the solution of equation(8.2). Since the flow rate is constant,
the velocity profile becomes flatter than the case with no slip boundary condition.
8.3 Drag Reduction Under Different Slip Length b (Con
stant Slip Length)
Now we can investigate the drag reduction effect with this new boundary condi
tion. In figure(8.2), we plot the histories of drag and pressure drop of the turbulent
channel flow at Re* = 135 with slip lengths b+ = 5,10,15 and 50 in wall units
and a case with no-slip condition. The drag reduction effect is obviously associated
with the slip length b l . The notable feature is that using this boundary condition,
the maximum drag reduction can reach 80% or more, which is similar to the levels
211
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
reported in experiments. These results were obtained on 2ir x 2 x 2it domain and
64 x 65 x 64 mesh.
7
6
5
4
o>S 3 Q
2
1
0-1 0 10 20
T im e30 40
t
Figure 8.2: Drag Reduction and Pressure drop of channel flow with different slip
length at Re* = 135
Figure(8.3) shows the drag reduction effect at Re* = 380 with different slip
length. It is similar to the situation of Re* = 135, where the effects of drag reduction
are also dependent on the slip length. The simulation at Re* = 380 was done on
27t x 2 x 7r domain and 256 x 241 x 256 mesh.
Both figures show the drag reduction and pressure drop effect with different slip
length b+. The results are given in terms of b : . and show that this scaling by wall
variables provides a consistent correlation of the data.
Figure(8.4) shows the drag reduction percent with different slip length at different
Reynolds number. Same slip length gives similar drag reduction level at different
Reynolds number.
Figure(8.5) shows the mean velocity under different slip length at Re* = 135 in
both linear and logarithmic coordinates. As slip length increases, the mean profile
becomes flatter as the velocity gradient at the wall decrease and more drag reduction
is achieved. Since the mean profile has changed a lot, other turbulent statistics will
also change. We will see them in the following plots.
212
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 8.3: Drag Reduction and Pressure drop of channel flow with different slip
length at Re* — 400
100
-O 5 0
u> 4 0
3 0
20
2015
Figure 8.4: Drag Reduction vs. b+
213
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0 .7
0.6R e*= 13 5 , 64-S o lid -------------D a s h ------------D ot---------------D ash D o t-—
•No S lip •S lip BC, b*=5 •S lip BC, b*=10 •S lip BC, b f= 15.Clin D r h f-c n
0 .5
0 .3
0.2
0 .5-0 .5
y
0 .7
0.6
0 .5
0 .4R e * = 1 3 5 ,6 4 5S o lid -------------D a sh -— — -—D ot---------------D a sh D o t-— _ ..r _____L o n g D a sh — S lip BC, b += 5 0
-N o S lip •S lip BC, b*=5 •S lip BC, b*=10•Clin D r K‘. 1 S
0 .3
0.2
0.1
0y
Figure 8.5: Mean velocity at Re* = 135.
214
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure(8.6) shows the turbulent fluctuation and Reynolds stress under different
slip length. All components of turbulent fluctuation decrease, except the u' increase
at the wall due to slip boundary condition. Reynolds stress also decrease obviously.
With partial-slip, u is no longer zero at the wall. The peak values of both fluctuations
and Reynolds stress decrease. With the reduction in the mean velocity gradient there
is reduced turbulence production.
0.12Re = 135,64Solid------------- No SlipDash-------------Slip BC, b‘=5Dot Slip BC, b '=10DashDot------- Slip BC, b*=15DashDotDot—Slip BC, b*=500.1
0 .07
£ 0 .0 6cc0.05
0 .04
0 .03
0.02
0 .0 1 -i
54
R e= 135, 64Solid--------------No SlipDash--------------Slip BC, b*=5Dot---------------- Slip BC, b‘=10D ashDot-------- Slip BC, b*=15DashDotDot— Slip BC, b*=50
0.75
0.5
0 .25
-0.25
-0.5
-0.75
2 7
Figure 8.6: Statistics at Re* = 135. Turbulence fluctuation (left); Reynolds stress
(right)
Figure(8.7) shows the turbulent mean velocity gradient and rms vorticity at
215
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
b+ = 5. (jjz decreases, and all vorticity fluctuations decrease obviously. Since the
boundary condition has been changed, this defintely will modify the near wall tur
bulent structures, especially the vorticity distribution in the near wall region. Most
noticeable is a lower spanwise vorticity fluctuation at the wall, consistent with lower
fluctuations in the wall shear stress.
6
5
4
3
2
§ 10«9S -1
2
3
4
S6
y
'3
Figure 8.7: Statistics at Re* = 135. Mean vorticity (left); Vorticity fluctuation
(right)
All these statistics are consistent with the drag reduction effects obtained above.
Up to now, we only investigated the effect of slip in the streamwise direction.
In a channel flow, streamwise velocity is the dominant quantity of the three direc
tions. However, in real condition, if the wall material permits slip in the streamwise
direction, there is no reason to prohibit slip in other directions. In the following we
give the results comparing slip in streamwise direction only and in both streamwise
and spanwise directions. Figure(8.8) shows that under same slip length, turbulent
statistics change less if slip is allowed in both directions and less drag reduction
effect is obtained. Physically, if slip allowed in both directions, then the fluids tends
to change velocities in both directions. According to the divergence free condition,
the change in each direction will be less than the change if we only allow slip in
stream-wise direction. This is consistent with what we find.
216
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.5
2
1.5
Ecc1
0.5
0
16
14
12
10
3 66
2
0y
Figure 8.8: Statistics at Re* — 135. Mean vorticity (left); turbulence fluctuation
(right)
8.4 Combined Slip with Bubbles
Next we investigate the effects of combining slip and adding bubbles. Figure(8.9)
shows the history of drag and pressure drop at Re* = 135. 800 (a+ = 13.5) bubbles
have been added, with the slip-wall boundary condition. The mesh is 64 x 65 x 64
and domain size is 2 n x 2 x 2 n.
a t&aSolid------------No Slip, No bubblDash------------NoSlip, 800 bubiDot--------------Slip, No bubblesriaahrw_____Rlin Ann huhhUa
0.002
0.0015
a□0.001 lo SHpj SCO bubk
lip, No bubbles
0.0005
0,t
Figure 8.9: Re* — 135, 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles, b+ = 1.35. Drag history (left);
Pressure drop (right)
Figure(8.10) shows the history of drag and pressure drop at Re* = 380. We
consider two configurations: without bubble and with 7200 bubbles. The bubble
217
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
t
Figure 8.10: Re* = 380, 7200 a+ — 20 bubbles, b+ = 1.35. Drag history (left);
Pressure drop (right)
radius is a+ = 19 in wall units, and the bubbles are initially seeded in a layer near
the wall. The flow rate in the channel is kept constant in all the cases. These
preliminary simulations were conducted on a 128 x 145 x 128 grid. It is observed
that the wall slip reduces the pressure drop (and correspondingly the friction drag)
significantly in presence or absence of bubbles. As the slip length increases the
reduction in drag also increases. We also observed an additive effect of the wall
slip and the bubbles on the drag reduction. That is, when both effects are present
the total reduction in drag is approximately the sum of those when only one effect
is accounted for. With 7200 bubbles and a slip length b+ = 1.35 the drag on the
channel wall is observed to decrease by about 30%.
Figure(8.11) compares turbulent velocity fluctuations and Reynolds stress by
adding 800 a+ = 13.5 bubbles and using b+ — 1.35 for the slip boundary condi
tion. They achieved similar level of drag reduction, about 10%. Their turbulent
fluctuations and Reynolds stress both decrease, and similar level of decrease has
been obtained. So the drag reduction effects and turbulent statistics decrease are
associated and consistent to each other, our results confirmed such connection.
218
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2 .5 R e*= 135 , 64*Solid ••••N o Slip , N o B u b b lesD a sh -----------8 0 0 a = 0 .1 b u b b le sD ot------------- S lip BC, b*=1.35D ash D o t----- Slip BC, b * = 1 .3 5 ,8 0 0 a s0 .1 b u b b le s
Ecc
0.5
27 108 135 162 189 2 16 243 270
R e **135 , 64*So lid ----------- N o Slip , N o B u b b le sD a sh -----------8 0 0 a= 0 .1 B u b b lesD ot--------------Slip B C , b*=1.35D ash D o t-— Slip B C , b*=1.3 5 ,80(
0.4
0.2A>3V
- 0.2
-0.4
Figure 8.11: Re* — 135, b+ = 1.35. Turbulence fluctuation (upper); Reynolds stress
(low)
219
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Figure 8.12: Streaks at y+ = 5 of Re* = 135.
8.5 Visualization
The partial slip boundary conditions significantly modify the near-wall structure and
the usual pattern of low speed streaks near the wall. Figures (8.12) and (8.13) show
the difference in the streamwise velocity contours at y+ = 5 for Re* = 135. The
contours have the same scaling so we can see that the number of streaks becomes less,
and the distance between them becomes larger. This mechanism is different from
that of adding micro-bubbles. Adding micro-bubble decreases the overall level of the
streamwise velocity in the near wall region. However, the slip boundary condition
increases the streamwise velocity in the near wall region and there is a decreases in
the velocity in the channel center. So the effect we see here is different from figure
(6.20). As the partial slip and bubbles gives about 30% drag reduction, the decrease
is more obvious than in the bubble case, where only 10% drag reduction is achieved.
Figure(8.14) to (8.16) compare the Q contours of no slip and slip boundary con
ditions. Q = —(dui/dxj)(duj/dxi) is the second invariant for the velocity gradient.
The threshold used for Re* = 135 is 0.3.
220
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 8.13: Streaks at y+ = 5 of Re* = 135, b+ = 2.7.
Q d e te c t io n
0 0
Figure 8.14: Q contour without slip BC at Re* — 135.
221
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Q detection
0 0
Figure 8.15: Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 135, b+ = 1.35.
Q d e te c t io n
Figure 8.16: Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 135, b+ = 2.7.
222
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Q detection
0 o
Figure 8.17: Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 135, b+ = 1.35 and 800 a+ — 13.5
bubbles.
Compared to figure(8.14), with the slip boundary condition the vorticity decrease
is obvious. The larger values of b+ reduce the vorticity. So there is less vorticity for
b+ = 2.7 than for b+ = 1.35. Slip weakens the formation of near-wall vortices.
Figure(8.17) shows the Q contour with 800 a+ — 13.5 bubbles at Re+ = 135 and
b+ = 1.35. It clearly shows that even fewer vortices exist than for the no bubble case
with the same slip condition. This is consistent with drag reduction effect obtained.
Threhold for Re* = 135 is again 0.3. The region shown is the full flow domain and
dimensions are in wall units.
Figure(8.18) to (8.20) compare the Q contours with no slip and slip boundary
conditions at Re* = 380.
Compared to figure(8.18), with the slip boundary condition the vorticity decrease
is obvious. As at low Reynolds number, the larger the value of b+ gives lower vorticity
level. So there is less vorticity for b+ = 2.7 than for b 1 = 1.35.
Figure(8.21) shows the Q contour with 6348, a+ = 19, bubbles at Re+ = 380 and
b+ = 2.7. It also clearly shows that even less vortices exist than for the no bubble
223
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vo rtice s , Q d ete c tio n
150
100 1000
800
600
30 0 400200
200100
Figure 8.18: Q contour without slip BC at Re* = 380.
v o rtic e s , Q d e te c tio n
1 5 0
1005 0
1000
8 0 0
6 0 0
3 0 0 4 0 0200
200100
Figure 8.19: Q contour with slip BC at Re* = 380, b+ — 1.35.
224
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
•Hr.'Q0W,
■ft
&C
v°n,' w<%eCfc'O/J
eA/>° ^ ,Cocy, . .
Ae,
° ^ t, •^ */• SJjp Bq
*****%
'ss/(’Of)0 f t ^
19
Go,fyn•Qht OlV/A?/-©r
reAroO/Uct'on
PrOf)tib,'teaU/.^'th,out
S/Or,
case. This is consistent with drag reduction effect obtained.
8.6 Summary
In this chapter we have explored the effects of partial-slip boundary conditions
on the level of drag reduction. Slip in the streamwise direction, characterized by the
slip length b, results in increasing levels of drag reduction as b increases. Comparing
the results for Re* = 135 and 380 shows that the level of drag reduction is correlated
with b+, the slip length scaled by wall variables of the no-slip flows.
We also note that with slip conditions in both the streamwise and spanwise direc
tions there is higher skin friction than with slip in just the streamwise direction. Min
& Kim [100] has also investigated effects of slip issue recently. Though independent,
these results are similar to each other.
The amount of drag reduction is determind by the slip length b+. At large slip
length, up to 80% drag reduction can be realized, and this may explain the drag
reduction effect observed in experiment. We also investigated the drag reduction
effect by combining micro-bubbles and slip boundary condition. The computation
results proved that their effect can be added linearly, which suggested that maybe
these two effects lead to large reduction together in experiments. Statistics have
been compared in detail, and visualization has been given. All these quantities and
visualization are consistent to drag reduction phenomena.
226
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 9
Summary and Conclusion
In this thesis, I have done work mainly in two directions.
The first is high Reynolds number DNS and LES simulation, the second is to
investigate several drag reduction techniques using DNS simulation.
In the first direction:
1. Developed a channel DNS code using different parallel methods. These mod
els included splitting the domain in streamwise or both streamwise and spanwise
directions, using MPI or OpenMP and different implementations of the FFT steps.
We have compared the parallel efficiency of these models, and an optimized model
has been obtained and used to do DNS later.
2. Using the code developed, DNS results at different Reynolds numbers Re* =
180,400,600,1000 have been obtained and compared with KMM’s and MKM’s data.
They match KMM’s and MKM’s results quite well. Detailed statistics and flow
visualization have been obtained, and further systematic investigation can be done
using these databases.
227
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3. A Spectral Vanishing Viscosity (SVV) scheme has been used to implement
subgrid stress (SGS) terms in LES equations. This is a relatively new approach
compared to traditional LES methods. The results at low Reynolds number are
encouraging, and at high Reynolds number the results also approach to DNS results.
4. SVV has been implemented implicitly in order to increase the stability of the
scheme.
5. Standard SVV has been modified from a constant to variable e, using standard
and dynamic Smagorinsky models. This adds more artificial viscosity in the near
wall region, while less in the center region. The simulation proved that in order to
have similar results as DNS, enough high modes should be kepted at high Reynolds
number flow.
6. The SVV method has been extended to a 2d spectral element discretization
and similar results have been obtained for channel flow LES as in the earlier code.
Besides channel flow, I have also simulated the cylinder flow with LES, using both
standard SVV and Smagorinsky SVV. The Smagorinsky SVV shows a more reason
able viscosity distribution than standard SVV methods. But due to slowness of the
code, both of them have not converged yet at Re= 10,000.
In the second direction, I have done:
1. Force Coupling method (FCM) has been added into channel code, and be par
allelized using MPI. Velocity collision model has been used to avoid overlap between
bubbles and bubble with wall. The code has been validated and verified with both
experiment data and accurate solution in Stokes flow.
2. Up to 10% drag reduction has been obtained and sustained at Re* = 135,
and detailed statistics of turbulence and bubbles have been analyzed. These results
are consistent to the experiment results at this bubble void fraction level and low
Reynolds number. Drag reduction is connected to a Reynolds stress decrease, and
228
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
a decrease in turbulence fluctuations. We proposed several mechanisms which may
explain this drag reduction effect. The first one is we have found in all drag reduction
cases, there existed a near wall region, where the effective bubble force is negative.
This negative force retards the fluid in the near wall region, and reduced the drag.
The second one comes from density effect, due to the existence of the bubbles, the
density of the mixture is less than the liquid. So the momentum transfer is less than
before and this makes less high momentum fluid to reach the near wall region, and
the velocity is smaller than a pure liquid. The last possible mechanism is because
bubbles can not follow small-scale velocity fluctuation of fluids, so they reduce the
fluid velocity gradient in the near wall region. This means turbulence fluctuations
decrease, and the drag reduced. The full mechanism of micro-bubble drag reduction
is still an open question.
3. At Re* — 400, we achieved similar level of drag reduction, about 10%. It is
not consistent to the experiment results, maybe due to the reason of large bubble
size and small void fraction.
4. Inspired by the bubble force profile, we investigated a new constant force
control method. It achieved 30% drag reduction at Re* = 135, and 70% at Ac*=380
and 633. It is an efficient control method, as it only consumes 1/10 energy as that
used in traveling wave control.
5. Finally, motivated by the apparantly lower levels of drag reduction found
in the numerical simulation as compared to many experiments, we also proposed
another slip boundary mechanism to explain the large drag reduction effect observed
in experiment. A slip boundary condition can arise from effects of hydrophobic
surfaces or the formation of a thin gas film on the wall. The simulation results
show that a large level of drag reduction can be achieved by applying slip boundary
condition. The effect of combining slip boundary conditions with micro-bubbles has
also been investigated, and a detailed analysis has been carried out.
229
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
In concluding this thesis, we will now suggest some areas of future research which
continue some of the work presented here. As what we have done, the works will be
in two directions. In the first direction of DNS and LES simulation:
1. The code needs to be optimized more in order to reach faster speed. Both
memory and speed can be optimized further and higher Reynolds number can be
tried later. The data obtained at different Reynolds numbers needs to be analyzed
in more detail to get useful information, and further advanced analysis can be done
based on these databases.
2. Many flow phenomena related to high Reynolds turbulent flow can be inves
tigated by adding corresponding models into DNS method.
3. The SVV-LES model works fine at low Reynolds number, but more tests
should be done at high Reynolds number. Right now only the a posteriori tests have
been done, in order to analysis the model in detail, some a priori tests can also be
done.
4. More LES works can be done by combining SVV-LES model with other LES
models.
5. SVV-LES should be extended to complex geometry and code with 3d spectral
elements. Other complex flow problems, such as flow past a sphere can also be
investigated.
In the second direction of drag reduction techniques,
1. Microbubble flow can be simulated at higher Reynolds number, and both
higher void fractions and smaller bubbles can be added to the turbulent flow. This
needs a larger numerical mesh, and more processors.
2. A turbulent boundary flow, simulated using 2d spectral element and Fourier
230
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
methods can be investigated. A turbulent boundary flow is more general than a
channel flow and closer to the context of many applications.
3. A more realistic bubble model can be used to describe the interaction between
bubbles and turbulence, including higher-order representations of the bubbles and
possibly bubble deformation. The mechanism of drag reduction should be analyzed
in more detail.
4. Further analysis can be done of the shear-sheltering mechanism seen as the
results of applying constant forcing in the streamwise direction. This phenomena
also alters the transition to turbulence. Simulations have shown that there exists a
critical force magnitude, beyond which this control mechanism will lead to drag and
turbulence increase.
5. A slip boundary condition is plausible but work on the effect of partial-slip
boundary conditions is still at a preliminary stage. Further detailed investigation of
the modification to coherent structures near the wall needs to be done as well as the
linkage between near-wall vortices and turbulence production.
231
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Appendix A: The Spectral//^ Method
The main discretization concepts of the spectral///,p method are reviewed in the
context of the 1-D inviscid Burgers’ equation enhanced with the SVV second-order
operator. The objective is to introduce the hierarchical trial basis of the method
which is derived from Jacobi polynomials and to discuss some of the implementation
details.
d . . d .u2 (x ,t) (9.1)
d , . d ,u2 (x ,t). d r du(x,t)),(9 .2)
Equation (9.1) is considered, in a domain —1 < x < 1, with a Dirichlet boundary
condition and a Neumann boundary condition, i.e. = g,u'{l,t) = h. The
initial condition is a sine wave u(x, 0) = sin(nx). The residual of equation (9.2) is
dR{ u ) = f Jn
= I w n dx ox
d d (u 2 (x, t) dx, (9.3)
where u is the trial solution, the set of which is denoted by S , and w £ V is a
test function. Each test function should satisfy u;(0) = 0 and be homogeneous on a
Dirichlet boundary. Here the spaces are defined as:
S = ju [ u 6 H l ,u{0) = #} , V = j«; | w £ H 1 , w(0) = 0 j .
Integrating equation (9.3) once by parts and setting R(u) = 0, gives
ew(1 )Qeh — f ew'Qeufdx — f Jn Jn
— I w n
d d ( u2 (x ,t) dx = 0.
Introducing the notation
( \ f n dw du ja(w,u) = / eQe — — dx,Jn dx dx
232
(9.4)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
<•/ \ r \d / . d (u 2 (x ,t) \m = - L w stu{r't ]+d i { - ^ ~ ) d x ,
the above equation may be rewritten as
a(w,u) = f{w) + eQ(W{\)h. (9-5)
Searching for solutions in finite subspaces, i.e. S h ( S h C S ) , V h ( V h C V) equation
(9.5) may be rewritten as
a{wh,uh) = (whJ ) + eQtwh{l)h. (9.6)
Thus, the function uh is decomposed into a known component, uflD, which satis
fies the Dirichlet boundary condition and lies in the trial space, and an unknown
term, uhH, which lies in the test space and is zero on the Dirichlet boundary
i.e. uh = uhD + uhH. By reducing an infinite-dimensional problem to an 71-
dimensional one, each member of S h and V h is represented by a set of n basis
functions (0i, fa , ..., 0n)> 0p(O) = 0, admitting all linear combinations, i.e. wh =
C i + C202 + -Cn0n- Also U h = U h D + U h H = £0n+l + Ep=l dpcj)p, 0„+l(O) = 1.
Substituting uh for u and wh for w, equation (9.6) takes the form
n
V CpGp — o, p=i
wheren
G p = ^ ( ® ( 0 p j (l) q ) d q ~ { ( f t p i . / ) — e Q e 0 p ( l ) h + f l ( 0 p , 0 n + l ) < 7 -
Since this is true for any Cp, Gp is necessarily equal to 0 the above equation may be
rewritten as
~ fipf ~ f-Qe^pi^h + j = 0. (9.7)p \Q = i J
Equivalently to the Fourier representation of Tadmor (1989), Qn may be approxi
mated by a kernel Qp, of the form
(p- p)(p- p)Qp = e , mp < p < P. (9.8)
233
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
In essence, the multiplication of Fourier coefficients, in the Fourier method, is trans
lated into a multiplication of modal coefficients, hence an introduction of dissipation
at the high modes. Equation (9.7), therefore, takes the form
^2 f ^2 dqtQpQqfip&q ~ M ~ tQPM l )h + eQpQn+i(f>p(j)'n+1g j = 0. (9.9)V \ g = l J
The computational domain is subsequently divided into a number of elements
k. On each element, a set of local functions is introduced that provide pth order
accuracy for the solution over the kth element. In spectral/ hp methods, these local
functions are called basis functions and are invariably polynomials.
(1 - x ) 1+Q(l + x)1 +P2rUp{x) = Ap(l -a ;)“ (l + x)0 up(x),
The modal expansions adopted in this work are Jacobi polynomials, Pp ’ {x)
[67]. Jacobi polynomials are the family of polynomial solutions to a singular Sturm-
Louiville problem and for —1 < x < 1, can be written as
ddx Lv v* dx
with up{x) = Pp'P(x), Ap — —p(a + (3 + p + 1). Jacobi polynomials have the orthog
onality property
^ ( 1 + X)&{1 - x)aP ^ { x )P ^ { x )d x = C 8 pq
with C depending on a, ft, p. Thus, P “',3(r/;) is orthogonal to all polynomials of order
less than p, when integrating with (1 + x)&{\ — x)a and the modal expansion basis
is then defined as
M O = i ( i - 0 ( i + 0 ^ 1 2 (0 ,0 < p < p (9-io)
r .
M O — — 0
M O = = p
in the standard interval Q = {£ | — 1 < £ < 1}.
Unlike the nodal basis where every basis function is an N th order polynomial, in
the modal basis there is a hierarchy of modes starting from the linear, proceeding
234
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure 9.1: Shape of modal expansion modes for a polynomial order of polynomial
order P = 5.
with the quadratic, cubic, etc. (figure 9.1).
Returning to the Burgers’ equation, equation (9.7) may be rewritten in matrix
form as
[A]x = B (9.11)
S . = 4>pf + — (-QpQn+ltfrp&n+ig
[A] = eQpQq4>'p4>q
X = dg
where [A]pq = f Qk eQpQq4>'p(j)'qdx.
So far only one element has been considered and thus convergence depends solely
on the increase in the polynomial order. Extending the above to multiple element
domains with varying coordinate systems requires a procedure to transform the
elemental matrices [A], x, B to their equivalent sub-matrices in the global multi
element domain. The global element Qg can be mapped to any elemental (or local)
235
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A =
“ Ui~i ■ • * ■ ■ mm • m m m • mm ■
i « i ■ i • ^ ______ U3
■; ^ __ Usi ■ • ■ m m m m m k
U7
Interior nodes
Interior nodes Boundarynodes
Interior nodes
I n i ,,I3 1Element
1 1Element Element
1 2 3
Figure 9.2: Schematic of direct stiffness summation of local matrices to form the
global matrix A .
domain Q; via the transformation Xe(£) which expresses the global co-ordinate x in
terms of the local co-ordinate £, i.e.
X — -Xg(£) — X e —x + ^ g •
Therefore, the global expansion basis takes the form
= 4>(Xe(Q), (9.12)
w =£=*«>§•where | | = J _1, with J the Jacobian. Once all the local matrices have been trans
formed to global sub-matrices they need to be assembled, by summing contributions
from the elemental matrices. The procedure is illustrated in figure 9.2.
Matrix [A] is banded as a result of using local basis functions, with its non-zero
entries located in the N diagonals above and below the main diagonal. Each element
is placed on the matrix, as shown in figure 9.2, with the edges of each element added
to the neighboring elements. Due to the Galerkin approximation, matrix [A] is also
symmetric and positive definite.
The main aspects of spectral/hp method have been presented through the exam
ple of the solution of a 1-D Burgers’ equation. This may be summarized as:
236
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1. Determine the number of elements and the number of modes.
2. Determine the global coordinates x.
3. Determine the local to global transformation matrix.
4. Calculate the elemental matrices [A], x,B_ for each element and transform the
elemental matrices to global sub-matrices.
5. Assemble the global matrices.
6. Solve the system of equations [A]x — B_.
7. Form the solution u{x) = Y l k = Si^o""1 'tk^i(x)-
It should be mentioned that when the Dirichlet boundary conditions are used, the
rows and columns containing the corresponding Dirichlet boundary points are not
included when inverting the matrix [A], since they have been condensed out and are
included in B_.
Appendix B: Dynamic Smagorinsky Model
The conceptual basis of LES as proposed by Leonard is a convolution of the exact
turbulent velocity field u with a filter kernel K that gives the resolved scale velocity
field u,
An evolution equation for u is obtained by convolving the incompressible Navier-
Stokes equations with the spatial filter kernel on the grid scale,
(9.13)
where A is the filter length, which is usually be taken to be the grid size.
eft(9.14)
237
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
where P = %>/p. This first filtering operation is taken as implicit in the formulation
(i.e., not explicitly carried out). Here, by assumption, filtering and differentiation
commute, i.e., du/dx = du/dx. although in general, they do not, and an additional
commutation error arises, in addition to other modelling errors. As in cnventional
turbulence modelling, the nonlinear terms are have to be modelled, because the
filtered dyad uu cannot be expressed in terms of the known resolved components u.
and an extra stress r is introduced to close the equations, such that t = uu — uu.
The momentum equations then become
— u + V • mZ = —V P + vW2u — V • t (9.15)
The turbulence modelling task is to estimate the subgrid-scale stress r from the
resolved velocity field u.
The dynamics methods seeks to exploit the expectation that in the inertial range
of the turbulence energy spectrum, the turbulence physics are statistically self-similar
when viewed at different length scales, and specificlly at the grid length scale A,
representative of the computational mesh, and at a larger test filter length scale A.
If the same turbulence model can be applied to the portions of the energyspectrum
that reside at sizes larger than these two length scales, then the model coefficients
should be the same in each case. The dynamic procedure provides the framework for
working back from the the grid- and test-filtered velocity fields to obtain the model
coefficient(s), which are then applied in estimation of the SGS stress t .
Applying a second filter with an associated size of A to the filtered Navier-Stokes
equation (9.15) leads to a similar stress tensor on the test-filter level T
— u + V • uu = -V P + uV2u — V ■ T (9.16)
with
T = ml — uu (9-17)
Assuming similar physics underly both stresses r and T, they can be estimated
238
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
with exactly the same model. Filtering of r gives f = uu — uu in which the first
term on the right matches the one in(9.17) and can therefore be eliminated, leading
to the relation known as ’Germano’s identity’
£ = T — u = uu — uu (9.18)
which can be used with any stand-alone SGS model - all terms, except any model
parameters, can be evaluated.
For simplicity and robustness, we employ the Smagorinsky (mixing length) eddy
viscosity model for the deviatoric components of the SGS stress r, so that
r - i*r(r)7 = - 2 vtS = -2(cs A)2\S\S, (9.19)
where S is the traceless, symmetric, resolved-scale rate-of-strain tensor
5 = i [ V u + (Vu)r ], (9.20)
cs is the Smagorinsky constant and \S\ = (25 : 5)1/2. The isotropic component of
SGS stress is notionally combined with the filtered pressure, to obtain a modified
pressure II = P + gfr(r), which is then used in place of P in the evolution equation
(9.15).
Using the same model for T produces
T - ^ t r ( T ) I = -2(cs A)2\S\S, (9.21)
and introducing both modelled quantities, (9.19) and (9.21), into the deviatoric
components of (9.18) gives
£ - \ tr (£ ) I = -2(cs A)2M, (9.22)o
239
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
with
M = (A/A)2|5 |5 — \S\S, (9.23)
where typically A/A = 2 is assumed. In order to obtain a scalar dynamic estimate,
the tensor equation (9.22) is reducted by double contraction, in which process the
isotropic component of £ is eliminated, since M is deviatoric
£ : M = -2 (cs A)2M : M, (9.24)
from which the dynamic estimate can be extracted
f e ( l ' 1)A)2 = 4 s 7 ^ (9'25)
This procedure evaluates a local and time-dependent value of cs A and is updated
every timestep. note that the product (cgA) can be treated as a mixing length Is,
without explicitly specifying the length scale on the grid level - this is advantageous
in the current context as it enables us to bypass the need to define A.
240
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Bibliography
[1] 0. Andreassen, I. Lie and C.E. Wasberg, The spectral viscosity method applied
to simulation of waves in a stratified atmosphere, J. Comput. Phys. 110, 257
(1994).
[2] I. Babuska, B.A. Szabo and I.N. Katz, The p-version of the finite element
method SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 18, 515 (1981).
[3] E. Balarsa, C. Benocci and U. Piomelli, Two-layer approximate boundary con
ditions for large-eddy simulations AIAA J. 34, 1111 (1996).
[4] J. Bardina, Improved turbulence models based on large eddy simulation of ho
mogeneous incompressible turbulent flows, PhD Thesis, Stanford University,
(1983)
[5] G.K. Batchelor, The theory of homogeneous turbulence. Cambridge University
Press. (1967).
[6] G.K. Batchelor and A.A. Townsend, The nature of turbulent motion at large
wave numbers. Proc. Roy. Soc. A, 199 238 (1949).
[7] D. Bechert and M. Bartenwerfer, The viscous flow on surfaces with longitudinal
ribs, J. Fluid Mech. 206, 105 (1989).
[8] H. M. Blackburn and S. Schmidt Spectral element filtering techniques for large
eddy simulation with dynamic estimation, J. Comp. Phys 186(2), 610 (2003).
241
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[9] V. Borue and S.A. Orszag, Local energy flux and subgrid-scale statistics in
three-dimensional turbulence, J. Fluid Mech. 366, 1 (1998).
[10] J.P. Boyd, Chebyshev and Fourier specyral methods. Springer-verlag. New York
(1989).
[11] P. Bradshaw, Turbulence: the chief outstanding difficulty of our subject, Ex
periments in Fluids 16, 203 (1994).
[12] J.W. Brooke, T.J. Hanratty and J.B. McLaughin Free-flight mixing and depo
sition of aerosols Phys. Fluids 6, 3404 (1994).
[13] D. Bushnell and K. Moore, Drag reduction in nature, Annual Review Fluid
Mechanics 23, 65 (1991).
[14] W. Cabot, Large-Eddy Simulations with wall models, Annual Research Briefs,
Center for Turbulence Research, NASA Ames/Stanford Univ., 41.
[15] C. Canuto, M.Y. Hussaini, A. Quarteroni and T.A. Zang, Spectral Methods in
Fluid Mechanics, Springer-Verlag. New York (1987).
[16] J.M. Castano, Microbubble enhanced polymer drag reduction, PhD Thesis,
Brown University, (2001)
[17] Y. Chang, S. Collis and S. Ramakrishnan, Viscous effects in control of near-wall
turbulence. Phys. Fluids 14, 4069-4080 (2002).
[18] J.R. Chasnov and U. Piomelli, Large-Eddy Simulations: theory and applica
tions, Theory and Transition modelling, ed. by M. Hallback, D.D. Henningson,
A.V. Johansson and P.H. Alfredsson, Kluwer Acedemic Publishers. (1996).
[19] H. Choi, P. Moin and J. Kim, Direct Numerical simulation of turbulent flow
over riblets. J. Fluid Mech. 255, 503 (1993).
[20] H. Choi, P. Moin and J. Kim, Active turublence control for drag reduction in
wall-bounded flows. J. Fluid Mech. 262, 75 (1994).
242
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[21] K.-S Choi, Near-wall structure of a turbulent boundary layer with riblets. J.
Fluid Mech. 208, 417 (1989).
[22] R.A. Clark, J. Ferziger and W.C. Reynolds, Evaluation of subgrid scale models
using a fully simulated turbulent flow, J. Fluid Mech. 91, 1 (1979).
[23] R. Clift, J.R. Grace and M.E. Weber, Bubbles, Drops and Particles, Academic
New York, New York (1978).
[24] S.Corrsin, Turbulent Flow, Am. Sci. 49 300 (1961).
[25] M.G. Crandall and P.L. Lions, Viscosity solutions of halmilton-Jacobi equations,
Trans. Am. Math. Soc. 61, 629 (1983).
[26] C. Crawford and G. Karniadakis, Reynolds stress analysis of EMHD-controlled
wall turbulence. Part I. Streamwise forcing. Physics of Fluids 9, 788-806 (1997).
[27] S. Dance, E. Climent and M. Maxey, Collision barrier effects on the bulk flow
in a homogeneous random suspension, Physics of Fluids 16, 828-831 (2003).
[28] J.W. Deardorff, A numerical study of three-dimensional turbulent channel flow
at large Reynolds numbers. J. Fluid Mech. 41(2), 453 (1970).
[29] P.de Gennes, On fluid/wall slippage, Langmuir, 18, 3413-3414 (2002).
[30] G.L. Dent, Aspects of particle sedimentation in dilute flows at finite Reynolds
numbers, PhD Thesis, Brown University, (1999)
[31] R.M. Detsch, Small air bubbles in reagent grade water and seawater: I. Rise
velocities of 20 to 1000 p.m diameter bubbles, J. Geophys. Res., 96, 8901-8906
(1991).
[32] S. Deutsch, M. Moeny, A. Fontaine and H. Petrie, Microbubble drag re
duction in rough walled turbulent boundary layers. Proceedings of ASME,
FEDSM2003-45647, 4th ASME/JSME Joint Fluids Engineering Conference,
Honolulu, Hawai, USA, July 6-11 (2003).
243
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[33] S. Dong, J. Xu, M. Maxey and G.E. Karniadakis, Microbubble Dynamics in
turbent Channel Flow Proceedings of the 2nd International symposium on Sea
water Drag Reduction, Paradise Hotel, Busan, Korea, May 23-26, 2005.
[34] M. Dubiner, Spectral Methods on triangles and other domains. J. Set. Comp.
6, 345 (1991).
[35] Y. Du, and G. Karniadakis, Suppressing wall turbulence by means of a trans
verse traveling wave. Science 288, 1230-1234 (2000).
[36] A. Ekmekci, Flow Structure from a Circular Cylinder with Defined Surface Per
turbations, PhD Thesis, Lehigh University, (2005)
[37] C. Evangelinos, Parallel Spectral/hp Methods and Simulations of Flow/Structure
Interactions, PhD Thesis, Brown University, (1999)
[38] A. Ferrante and S. Elghobashi, On the physical mechanisms of drag reduction
in a spatially-developing turbulent boundary layer laden with microbubbles, J.
Fluid Mech. 503, 345-355 (2004).
[39] K. Fugawata, K. Iwamoto and N. Kasaji, Contribution of reynolds stress distri
bution to the skin friction in wall-bounded flows, Phys. Fluids 14, 73-76 (2002).
[40] M. Gad-El-Hak, Flow Control. Cambridge University Press. (2000).
[41] P. Ganatos, S. Weinbaum, R. Pfeffer A strong interaction theory for the creep
ing flow of a sphere between plane parallel boundaries. Part 1. Perpendicular
motion. J. Fluid Mech. 99, 739-753 (1980).
[42] P. Ganatos, S. Weinbaum, R. Pfeffer A strong interaction theory for the creeping
flow of a sphere between plane parallel boundaries. Part 2. Parallel motion. J.
Fluid Mech. 99, 755-783 (1980).
[43] M. Germano, U. Piomelli, P. Moin and W. Cabot, A dynamic subgrid scale
eddy viscosity model Phys. Fluids A 3, 1760 (1991).
244
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[44] M. Germano, Turbulence: the filtering approach, J. Fluid Mech. 238, 325
(1992).
[45] R. Glowinski, T. Hesla, D.D. Joseph, T.W. Pan, J. Periaux, Distributed La
grange Multiplier Methods for Particulate Flows, in Computational Science for
the 21st Century, M.O. Bristeau, G. Etgen, W. Fitzgibbon, J.L. Lions, J. Peri
aux, M.F. Wheeler, eds., Wiley, Chichester, 270-279 (1997).
[46] S. K. Godunov, A difference method for numerical calculation of discontinuous
solutions of the equations of hydrodynamics. Mat. sb 47, 271 (1959).
[47] G. Golub and J.M. Ortega, Scientific Computing: An introductions with Parallel
Computing. Academic Press. (1993).
[48] D. Gottlieb and S.A. Orszag, Numerical analysis of spectral methods: Theory
and applications. In SIAM-CMBS, Philadelphia, (1977).
[49] M.M. Guin, H. Kato and Y. Takahashi, Experimental evidence for a link be
tween microbubble drag reduction phenomena and periodically excited wall-
bounded turbulent flow, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Sea
water Drag Reduction, Newport RI, 313-318 (1998).
[50] B.-Y. Guo, H.-P. Ma and E.Tadmor, Spectral vanishing viscosity method for
nonlinear conservation laws,. SIAM Journal of Numerical Analysis 39(4), 1254-
1268 (2001).
[51] B. Gustafsson, H.-O. Kreiss, J. Oliger, Time Dependent Problems and Difference
Methods. John Wiley & Sons,Inc., (1995).
[52] E. Hammond, T. Bewley and P. Moin, Observed mechanisms for turbulence at
tenuation and enhancement in opposition-controlled wall-bounded flows. Phys.
Fluids 10, 2421 (1998).
[53] R.D. Henderson, Unstructured spctral element methods: parallel algorithms and
simulations, PhD Thesis, Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer
ing, Princeton University, (1994).
245
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[54] J.O. Hinze, Turbulence. McGraw-Hill series in Mechanical Engineering, (1975).
[55] K. Horiuti, Large Eddy Simulation of turbulent channel flow by one-equation
modeling. Journal of the Phys. Soc. of Japan 54(8), 2855 (1985).
[56] K. Horiuti, Assessment of the subgrid-scale models at low and high Reynolds
numbers, Annual Research Briefs, NASA Ames/Stanford University, Center for
Turbulence Reserach.
[57] J. Hunt and P. Durbin, Perturbed vortical layers and shear sheltering, Fluid
Dyn. Res. 24, 375-404 (1999).
[58] D. Jacqmin, Calculation of two-phase Navier-Stokes flows using phase-field mod
eling, J. Comput. Phys. 155, 96 (1999).
[59] D. Jamet, O. Lebaigue, N. Coutris and J.M. Delhaye, The second gradient
method for the direct numerical simulations of liquid-vapor flows with phase-
change, J. Comput. Phys. 169, 624 (2001).
[60] J. Jeong, and F. Hussain, On the identification of a vortex. J. Fluid Mech. 285,
69-84 (1995).
[61] J. Jiminez, and A. Pinelli, The autonomous cycle of near-wall turbulence. J.
Fluid Mech. 389, 335 (1999).
[62] G. Karniadakis and K.-S. Choi, Mechanisms on transverse motions in turbulent
wall flows. Annual Review Fluid Mechanics 35, 45 (2003).
[63] A. Kanai and H. Miyata, Direct numerical simulation of wall turbulent flows
with microbubbles, Int. J. Numer. Meth. Fluids 35, 593-615 (2001).
[64] G.-S. Karamanos and G.E. Karniadakis, A spectral vanishing viscosity method
for large-eddy simulations, J. Comp. Phys. 162, 22 (2000).
[65] G.E. Karniadakis, E.T. Bullister and A.T. Patera, A spectral element method
for solution of two- and three-dimensional time dependent Navier-Stokes equa-
246
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
tions, In finite Element Methods for Nonlinear Problems, Springer-Verlag 803
(1985).
[66] G.E. Karniadakis, M. Isreali and S.A. Orszag, High-order splitting methods for
incompressible Navier-Stokes equations, J. Comp. Phys. 97, 414 (1991).
[67] G.E. Karniadakis and S.J. Sherwin, Spectral/hp element methods for CFD,
Oxford University Press, London (1999).
[68] J. Kim, P. Moin and R. Moser, Turbulence statistics in fully develope channel
flow at low Reynolds number, Journal of Fluid Mechanics 117, 133 (1987).
[69] H. Kato, M. Miyanaga, H. Yamaguchi and M.M. Guin, Frictional drag reduction
by injecting bubbly water into turbulent boundary layer and the effect of plate
orientation, Advances in Multiphase Flow edited by A. Serizawa, T. Fukano
and J. Bataille, Elsevier Science, Proc. 2nd Intl. Conf. Multiphase Flow, Kyoto,
Japan, 85-96, (1995).
[70] R.M. Kirby and G.E. Karniadakis, Coarse Resolution Turbulence Simulations
With Spectral Vanishing Viscosity-Large Eddy Simulation (SVV-LES), J. Flu
ids Engineering 124, 4 (2002).
[71] R.M. Kirby, Toward Dynamic Spectral/hp Refinement: Algorithms and Appli
cations to Flow-Structure Interactions, PhD Thesis, Brown University, (2003)
[72] S.J. Kline, W.C. Reynolds F.A. Schraub and P.W. Runstdler, The structure of
turbulent boundary layers, Journal of Fluid Mechanics 30, 741 (1967).
[73] Y. Kodama, A. Kakugawa, T. Takahashi and H. Kawashima, Experimental
study on microbubbles and their applicability to ships for skin friction reduction,
Int. J. Heat and Fluid Flow 21, 582-588 (2000).
[74] L.I.G. Kovasznay, Laminar flow behind a two-dimensional grid, Proc. Cambridge
Philos. Soc., 44 (1948).
247
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[75] R.F. Kunz, S. Deutsch and J.W. Lindau, Two fluid Modeling of Microbub
ble Turbulent Drag Reduction, Proceedings of ASME, FEDSM2003-45640, 4th
ASME/JSME Joint Fluids Engineering Conference, Honolulu, Hawai, USA,
July 6-11 (2003).
[76] H.H. Legner, A simple model for gas bubble drag reduction, Phys. Fluids 27,
2788-2790 (1984).
[77] S. Lomholt and M. Maxey, Force coupling method for particles sedimenting in
a channel: Stokes flow, J. Comp. Phys. 184, 381-405 (2003).
[78] S. Lomholt, B. Stenum and M. Maxey, Experimental verification of the force
coupling method for particulate flows, Int. J. Multiphase Flow 28, 225-246
(2002)
[79] I. Lomtev, A Discontinuous Galerkin Method for the Compresssible Navier-
Stokes Equations in Stationary and Moving Domains, PhD Thesis, Applied
Mathematics, Brown University, (1999)
[80] J. Lu, A. Fernandez and G. Tryggvason, The effect of bubbles on the wall shear
in a turbulent channel flow, submitted to Phys. Fluids (2004)
[81] N.K. Madavan, S. Deutsch and C.L. Merkle, Reduction of turbulent skin friction
by microbubbles, Phys. Fluids 27, 356-363 (1984)
[82] N.K. Madavan, S. Deutsch and C.L. Merkle, Measurements of local skin friction
in a microbubble-modified turbulent boundary layer, J. Fluid Mech. 156, 237-
256 (1985)
[83] J. Magnaudet and I. Eames, The motion of high Reynolds number bubbles in
inhomogeneous flows, Ann. Rev. Fluid Mech. 32, 659-708 (2000).
[84] N.N. Mansour, J. Kim and P. Moin, Reynolds-stress and dissipation-rate bud
gets in a turbulent channel flow, J. Fluid Mech. 194, 15 (1988).
248
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[85] J.L. Marie, A simple analytical formulation for microbubble drag reduction, J.
Phys. Chem. Hydrodynamics 13, 213-220 (1987).
[86] H. Marmanis, Analogy between the Navier-Stokes and Maxwell’s equations,
Physics of Fluids 10, 1428 (1998)
[87] C. Mavriplis and J.V. Rosendale, THanguler spectral elements for incompress
ible fluid flow, Number AIAA-93-3346-CP 540-545 (1993)
[88] M.R. Maxey and B.K. Patel, Localized force representations for particle sedi-
menting in Stokes flow, Int. J. Multiphse Flow 9, 1603-1626 (2001).
[89] M.R. Maxey, B.K. Patel, E.J. Chang and L.P. Wang, Simulations of dispersed
turbulent multiphase flow, Fluid Dyn. Res. 20, 143-156 (1997).
[90] M.R. Maxey and J.J. Riley, Equation of motion for a small rigid sphere in a
non-uniform flow, Phys. Fluids 26, 883-889 (1983).
[91] M. Maxey, J. Xu, S. Dong and G. Karniadakis, Simulation results for micro
bubbles and turbulent drag reduction, In FEDSM2003-45638, 4th ASME/JSME
Joint Fluids Engineering Conference, Hawaii. (2003)
[92] X. Ma, G.-S. Karamanos and G.E. Karniadakis, Dynamics and low-
dimensionality of a turbulent near wake, J. Fluid Mech. 410, 29-65 (2000).
[93] M.E. McCormick and R. Bhattacharyya, Drag reduction of a submersible hull
by electrolysis, Nav. Eng. J. 85, 11 (1973).
[94] C. Meneveau, Statistics of turbulence subgrid-scale stresses: Necessary condi
tions and experimental tests, Phys. Fluids 6(2), 815 (1994).
[95] C.L. Merkle and S. Deutsch, Microbubble drag reduction, Frontiers in Experi
mental Fluid Mechanics, Lecture Notes in Engineering 46, 291 (1989).
[96] N.K. Madavan, C.L. Merkle and S. Deutsch, Numerical investigations into the
mechanisms of microbubble drag reduction, J. Fluids Eng. 107, 370-377 (1985).
249
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[97] P. Moin and J. Kim, Numerical investigation of turbulent channel flow. J. Fluid
Mech. 188, 341 (1982).
[98] P. Moin and K. Mahesh, Direct Numerical Simulation: A tool in turbulence
research. Ann. Rev. Fluid Mech. 30, 539 (1998).
[99] R. Moser, J. Kim and N. Mansour, Direct numerical simulation of turbulent
channel flow up to reT = 590. Phys. Fluids 11, 943-945 (1999)
[100] R. MoserT. Min, J. Kim, Effects of hydrophobic surface on skin-friction drag,
Phys. Fluids 16, L55-L58 (2004)
[101] C. Navier, Memoire sur les lois du mouvement des fluides, Memoire de
I’Academie Royale des Sciences de VInstitut de France, VI, 389-440 (1823).
[102] D. Newman, A Computational Study of Fluid/Structure Interactions: Flow-
Induced Vibrations of a Flexible Cable, PhD Thesis, Princeton University, (1996)
[103] J.T. Oden, Optimal hp-finite element methods, Technical Report TICAM Re
port 92-09, University of Texas at Austin, (1992).
[104] S. Osher and R.P. Fedkiw, Level set methods: an overview and some recent
results, Int. J. Comput. Phys. 169, 463 (2001).
[105] J. Ou and B. Perot and J.R. Rothstein Laminar drag reduction in microchan
nels using ultra hydrophobic surfaces Phys. Fluids 16, 4635-4643 (2002)
[106] R.L. Phanton, A Reynolds stress function for wall layers, Journal of Fluids
Engineering 119, 325 (1997).
[107] A.T. Patera, A spectral method for fluid dynamics: Laminar flow in a channel
expansion, J. Comp. Phys. 54, 468 (1984).
[108] R. Phillips, J. Castano and J. Stace, Combined polymer and microbubble
drag reduction. Proceedings of the International Symposium on Seawater Drag
Reduction, Newport RI, (1998).
250
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[109] U. Piomelli, Models for large eddy simulations of turbulent flow including tran
spiration, PhD Thesis, Stanford University.
[110] P. Ptasinski et al., Turbulent channel flow near maximum drag reduction:
simulations, experiments and mechanisms. J. Fluid Mech. 490, 251 (2003).
[111] M. Quadrio and P. Ricco, Critical assessment of turbulent drag reduction
through spanwise wall oscillations. J. Fluid Mech. 521, 251-271 (2004).
[112] R.S. Rogallo amd P. Moin, Numerical simulation of turbulent flow, Annual
Review of Fluid Mechanics 16, 99 (1984).
[113] E.M. Ronquist, Optimal spectral element methods for the unsteady three-
dimensional incompressible Navier-Stokes equations, PhD Thesis, Mas
sachusetts Institute of Technology, (1988).
[114] W. Sanders, E. Ivy, S. Ceccio, D. Dowling and M. Perlin, Microbubble drag
reduction at high Reynolds number, Proceedings of ASME, FEDSM2003-45647,
4th ASME/JSME Joint Fluids Engineering Conference, Honolulu, Hawai, USA,
July 6-11, 2003.
[115] R. Scardowelli and S. Zaleski, Direct numerical simulation of free-surface and
interfacial flow, Ann. Rev. Fluid Mech. 31, 567 (1999).
[116] S.J. Sherwin and G.E. Karniadakis, A triangular Spectral Element Method:
Applications to the Incompressible Navier-Stokes Equatio, Comp. Meth. in Ap
plied Mech. and Eng., 123, 189 (1995).
[117] S.J. Sherwin, Triangular and Tetrahedral spectral/hp finite element methods,
PhD Thesis, Princeton University, (1995).
[118] S.J. Sherwin, Hierarchical hp finite elements in hybrid domains, Finite Ele
ments in Analysis and Design, 27, 109-119 (1997).
251
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[119] K. Sreenivasan, The turbulent boundary layer. Proceedings of Frontiers in
Experimental Fluid Mechanics, ed. M. Gad-el-Hak, Springer-Verlag, New York,
159-209 (1989).
[120] G. Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich
College Publishers, (1998).
[121] M. Sussman, P. Smereka and S. Osher, A level set approach for computing
solutions to incompressible two-phase flows, J. Comput. Phys. 114, 146 (1994).
[122] B.A. Szabo and I. Babuska, Finite Element Analysis. Wiley, (1991).
[123] E. Tadmor, Convergence of spectral methods for nonlinear conservation laws,
SIAM J.numer.Anal., 26(1), 30 (1989).
[124] G.I.Taylor, The statistical theory of isotropic turbulence, J. Aero. Sci., 4, 311
(1937).
[125] H. Tennekes and J.L. Lumley, A first course in Turbulence, MIT Press, (1972).
[126] D.C. Trethaway and C.D. Meinhardt Apparent fluid slip at hydrophobic mi-
crochannel walls Phys. Fluids 14, L9 (2002)
[127] G. Tryggvason, B. Bunner, A. Esmaeeli, D. Juric, N. Al-Rawahi, J. Han, S.
Nas and Y.-J.Jan, A front-tracking method for the computations of multiphase
flow, J. Comput. Phys. 169, 708-759 (2001).
[128] H.M. Tufo, Generalized communication algorithms for parallel fern codes, Tech
nical report, Center for Fluid Mechanics, Brown University, (1997)
[129] E.R. vanDriest, On the turbulent flow near a wall, J. Aero. Science 23, 52
(1956).
[130] T.C.E. Warburton, Spectral/hp Element Methods on Polymorphic Domains,
PhD Thesis, Applied Mathematics, Brown University, (1998)
252
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
[131] G.H. Wannier, A contribution to the hydradynamics of lubrication, Q. Appl.
Math. 8 1 (1950).
[132] O. Watanabe,A. Masuko and Y. Shirase, Measurements of drag reduction by
microbubbles using very long ship models (in Japanese), J. Soc., Naval Archi
tects, Japan 193 53-63 (1999).
[133] B.A. Wingate and J.P. Boyd, Triangular spectral element methods for geo
physical fluid dynamics applications, Houston J. of Mathematics 305 (1996).
[134] J. Xu, M. Maxey and G.E. Karniadakis, Numerical simulation of turbulent
drag reduction using micro-bubbles, J. Fluid Mech., 468, 271-281 (2002).
[135] J. Xu, M. Maxey and G. Karniadakis, DNS of turbulent drag reduction using
micro-bubbles, In AIAA 2003-1280, 41st Aerospace Sciences Meeting, Reno.
(2003)
[136] J. Xu, S. Dong, M. Maxey and G.E. Karniadakis, Wall Slippage Effect in
Microbubble Drag Reduction, Proceedings of the 2nd International symposium
on Seawater Drag Reduction, Paradise Hotel, Busan, Korea, May 23-26, 2005.
[137] T. Yabe, F. Xiao and T. Utsumi, The constrained interpolation profile(CIP)
method for multiphase analysis J. Comput. Phys. 169, 556 (2001).
[138] O. Vinogradova, Slippage of water over hydrophobic surfaces, Int. J. Miner.
Process., 56, 31-60 (1999).
[139] K. Watanabe, Yanuar and H. Udagawa, Drag reduction of Newtonian fluid in
a circular pipe with a highly water-repellent wall, J. Fluid Mech., 381, 225-238
(1999).
[140] Y. Zhang, J.B. McLaughlin and J.A. Finch, Bubble velocity profile and model
of surfactant mass transfer to bubble surface, Chemical Engineering Science,
56, 6605-6616 (2001).
253
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.